In delete_frame record selected frame only after calling Qdelete_frame_functions...
[emacs.git] / src / w32fns.c
blob4cbbe1d5a807d4e8474388a3a99afcea9361a8bd
1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
22 #include <config.h>
24 #include <signal.h>
25 #include <stdio.h>
26 #include <limits.h>
27 #include <errno.h>
28 #include <math.h>
29 #include <fcntl.h>
30 #include <unistd.h>
32 #include "lisp.h"
33 #include "w32term.h"
34 #include "frame.h"
35 #include "window.h"
36 #include "character.h"
37 #include "buffer.h"
38 #include "intervals.h"
39 #include "dispextern.h"
40 #include "keyboard.h"
41 #include "blockinput.h"
42 #include "epaths.h"
43 #include "charset.h"
44 #include "coding.h"
45 #include "ccl.h"
46 #include "fontset.h"
47 #include "systime.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "w32common.h"
52 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
53 #include "w32heap.h"
54 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
56 #if CYGWIN
57 #include "cygw32.h"
58 #else
59 #include "w32.h"
60 #endif
62 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
64 #include <commctrl.h>
65 #include <commdlg.h>
66 #include <shellapi.h>
67 #include <ctype.h>
68 #include <winspool.h>
69 #include <objbase.h>
71 #include <dlgs.h>
72 #include <imm.h>
74 #include "font.h"
75 #include "w32font.h"
77 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
78 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
79 #endif
81 void syms_of_w32fns (void);
82 void globals_of_w32fns (void);
84 extern void free_frame_menubar (struct frame *);
85 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object);
86 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND, HMENU, UINT, UINT);
87 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND);
88 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
89 extern char * w32_strerror (int error_no);
91 /* If non-NULL, a handle to a frame where to display the hourglass cursor. */
92 static HWND hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
94 #ifndef IDC_HAND
95 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
96 #endif
98 Lisp_Object Qsuppress_icon;
99 Lisp_Object Qundefined_color;
100 Lisp_Object Qcancel_timer;
101 Lisp_Object Qfont_param;
102 Lisp_Object Qhyper;
103 Lisp_Object Qsuper;
104 Lisp_Object Qmeta;
105 Lisp_Object Qalt;
106 Lisp_Object Qctrl;
107 Lisp_Object Qcontrol;
108 Lisp_Object Qshift;
109 static Lisp_Object Qgeometry, Qworkarea, Qmm_size, Qframes;
112 /* Prefix for system colors. */
113 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
114 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
116 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
117 #define LMOUSE 1
118 #define MMOUSE 2
119 #define RMOUSE 4
121 static int button_state = 0;
122 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg;
123 static unsigned mouse_button_timer = 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
124 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg;
125 static unsigned mouse_move_timer = 0;
127 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
128 static HWND track_mouse_window;
130 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
131 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
132 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
133 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
134 #endif
135 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
136 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
137 #endif
138 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
139 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
140 #endif
141 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
142 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
143 #endif
144 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
145 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
146 struct MONITOR_INFO
148 DWORD cbSize;
149 RECT rcMonitor;
150 RECT rcWork;
151 DWORD dwFlags;
154 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
155 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
156 #endif
157 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
159 DWORD cbSize;
160 RECT rcMonitor;
161 RECT rcWork;
162 DWORD dwFlags;
163 char szDevice[CCHDEVICENAME];
166 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
167 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
168 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
169 #endif
171 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
172 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack);
173 typedef LONG (WINAPI * ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
174 (IN HIMC context, IN DWORD index, OUT LPVOID buffer, IN DWORD bufLen);
175 typedef HIMC (WINAPI * ImmGetContext_Proc) (IN HWND window);
176 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmReleaseContext_Proc) (IN HWND wnd, IN HIMC context);
177 typedef HWND (WINAPI * ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc) (IN HIMC context,
178 IN COMPOSITIONFORM *form);
179 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromPoint_Proc) (IN POINT pt, IN DWORD flags);
180 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
181 (IN HMONITOR monitor, OUT struct MONITOR_INFO* info);
182 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI * MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
183 (IN HWND hwnd, IN DWORD dwFlags);
184 typedef BOOL CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc)
185 (IN HMONITOR monitor, IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcMonitor, IN LPARAM dwData);
186 typedef BOOL (WINAPI * EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
187 (IN HDC hdc, IN RECT *rcClip, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum, IN LPARAM dwData);
189 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn = NULL;
190 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn = NULL;
191 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn = NULL;
192 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn = NULL;
193 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn = NULL;
194 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn = NULL;
195 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn = NULL;
196 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn = NULL;
197 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn = NULL;
199 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
200 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
201 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
202 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu;
203 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
205 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
206 static int ignore_ime_char = 0;
208 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
209 unsigned int msh_mousewheel = 0;
211 /* Timers */
212 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
213 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
214 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
215 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
216 is received. */
217 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
218 static unsigned menu_free_timer = 0;
220 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
221 static int image_cache_refcount, dpyinfo_refcount;
222 #endif
224 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd;
226 static int w32_unicode_gui;
228 /* From w32menu.c */
229 extern HMENU current_popup_menu;
230 static int menubar_in_use = 0;
232 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
233 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
234 extern int uniscribe_available;
236 /* Function prototypes for hourglass support. */
237 static void w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *);
238 static void w32_hide_hourglass (void);
240 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
241 /* From w32inevt.c */
242 extern int faked_key;
243 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
245 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
246 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache;
248 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
249 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache;
251 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask = 0;
253 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
254 int w32_major_version;
255 int w32_minor_version;
256 int w32_build_number;
258 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
259 int os_subtype;
261 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
262 HINSTANCE hinst = NULL;
263 #endif
265 static unsigned int sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
266 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
268 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
269 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
270 the first display on the list. */
272 struct w32_display_info *
273 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object frame)
275 if (NILP (frame))
277 struct frame *sf = XFRAME (selected_frame);
279 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf))
280 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf);
281 else
282 return &one_w32_display_info;
284 else if (STRINGP (frame))
285 return x_display_info_for_name (frame);
286 else
288 struct frame *f;
290 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (frame);
291 f = XFRAME (frame);
292 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
293 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
294 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
298 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
299 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
301 struct frame *
302 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo, HWND wdesc)
304 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
305 struct frame *f;
307 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
309 f = XFRAME (frame);
310 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) != dpyinfo)
311 continue;
313 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == wdesc)
314 return f;
316 return 0;
320 static Lisp_Object unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object);
321 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object);
322 static void my_create_window (struct frame *);
323 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame *);
325 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
326 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
327 void x_set_background_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
328 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
329 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
330 void x_set_border_color (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
331 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
332 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
333 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
334 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
335 void x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
336 void x_set_title (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
337 void x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
342 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
343 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
344 not Emacs's own window. */
346 void
347 x_real_positions (struct frame *f, int *xptr, int *yptr)
349 POINT pt;
350 RECT rect;
352 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
353 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
355 pt.x = 0;
356 pt.y = 0;
358 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
359 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
361 /* Remember x_pixels_diff and y_pixels_diff. */
362 f->x_pixels_diff = pt.x - rect.left;
363 f->y_pixels_diff = pt.y - rect.top;
365 *xptr = rect.left;
366 *yptr = rect.top;
369 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
370 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
371 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
372 monitor to the window is chosen. */
374 void
375 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd, int fsmode, RECT normal, RECT *rect)
377 struct MONITOR_INFO mi = { sizeof(mi) };
378 if (monitor_from_window_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
380 HMONITOR monitor =
381 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
382 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &mi);
384 else
386 mi.rcMonitor.left = 0;
387 mi.rcMonitor.top = 0;
388 mi.rcMonitor.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN);
389 mi.rcMonitor.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN);
390 mi.rcWork.left = 0;
391 mi.rcWork.top = 0;
392 mi.rcWork.right = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED);
393 mi.rcWork.bottom = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED);
396 switch (fsmode)
398 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH:
399 rect->left = mi.rcMonitor.left;
400 rect->top = mi.rcMonitor.top;
401 rect->right = mi.rcMonitor.right;
402 rect->bottom = mi.rcMonitor.bottom;
403 break;
404 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED:
405 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
406 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
407 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
408 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
409 break;
410 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH:
411 rect->left = mi.rcWork.left;
412 rect->top = normal.top;
413 rect->right = mi.rcWork.right;
414 rect->bottom = normal.bottom;
415 break;
416 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT:
417 rect->left = normal.left;
418 rect->top = mi.rcWork.top;
419 rect->right = normal.right;
420 rect->bottom = mi.rcWork.bottom;
421 break;
422 case FULLSCREEN_NONE:
423 default:
424 *rect = normal;
425 break;
431 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color,
432 Sw32_define_rgb_color, 4, 4, 0,
433 doc: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
434 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
435 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
436 if the entry is new. */)
437 (Lisp_Object red, Lisp_Object green, Lisp_Object blue, Lisp_Object name)
439 Lisp_Object rgb;
440 Lisp_Object oldrgb = Qnil;
441 Lisp_Object entry;
443 CHECK_NUMBER (red);
444 CHECK_NUMBER (green);
445 CHECK_NUMBER (blue);
446 CHECK_STRING (name);
448 XSETINT (rgb, RGB (XUINT (red), XUINT (green), XUINT (blue)));
450 block_input ();
452 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
453 entry = Fassoc (name, Vw32_color_map);
454 if (NILP (entry))
456 entry = Fcons (name, rgb);
457 Vw32_color_map = Fcons (entry, Vw32_color_map);
459 else
461 oldrgb = Fcdr (entry);
462 Fsetcdr (entry, rgb);
465 unblock_input ();
467 return (oldrgb);
470 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
471 typedef struct colormap_t
473 char *name;
474 COLORREF colorref;
475 } colormap_t;
477 colormap_t w32_color_map[] =
479 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
480 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
481 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
482 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
483 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
484 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
485 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
486 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
487 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
488 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
489 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
490 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
491 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
492 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
493 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
494 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
495 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
496 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
497 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
498 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
499 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
500 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
501 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
502 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
503 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
504 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
505 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
506 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
507 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
508 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
509 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
510 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
511 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
512 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
513 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
514 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
515 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
516 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
517 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
518 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
519 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
520 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
521 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
522 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
523 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
524 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
525 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
526 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
527 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
528 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
529 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
530 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
531 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
532 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
533 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
534 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
535 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
536 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
537 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
538 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
539 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
540 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
541 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
542 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
543 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
544 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
545 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
546 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
547 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
548 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
549 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
550 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
551 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
552 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
553 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
554 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
555 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
556 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
557 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
558 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
559 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
560 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
561 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
562 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
563 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
564 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
565 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
566 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
567 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
568 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
569 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
570 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
571 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
572 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
573 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
574 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
575 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
576 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
577 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
578 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
579 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
580 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
581 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
582 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
583 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
584 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
585 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
586 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
587 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
588 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
589 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
590 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
591 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
592 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
593 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
594 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
595 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
596 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
597 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
598 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
599 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
600 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
601 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
602 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
603 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
604 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
605 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
606 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
607 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
608 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
609 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
610 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
611 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
612 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
613 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
614 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
615 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
616 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
617 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
618 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
619 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
620 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
621 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
622 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
623 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
624 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
625 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
626 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
627 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
628 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
629 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
630 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
631 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
632 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
633 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
634 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
635 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
636 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
637 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
638 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
639 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
640 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
641 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
642 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
643 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
644 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
645 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
646 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
647 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
648 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
649 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
650 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
651 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
652 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
653 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
654 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
655 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
656 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
657 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
658 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
659 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
660 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
661 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
662 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
663 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
664 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
665 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
666 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
667 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
668 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
669 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
670 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
671 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
672 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
673 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
674 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
675 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
676 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
677 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
678 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
679 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
680 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
681 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
682 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
683 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
684 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
685 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
686 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
687 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
688 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
689 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
690 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
691 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
692 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
693 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
694 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
695 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
696 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
697 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
698 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
699 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
700 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
701 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
702 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
703 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
704 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
705 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
706 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
707 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
708 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
709 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
710 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
711 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
712 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
713 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
714 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
715 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
716 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
717 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
718 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
721 static Lisp_Object
722 w32_default_color_map (void)
724 int i;
725 colormap_t *pc = w32_color_map;
726 Lisp_Object cmap;
728 block_input ();
730 cmap = Qnil;
732 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (w32_color_map) / sizeof (w32_color_map[0]);
733 pc++, i++)
734 cmap = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc->name),
735 make_number (pc->colorref)),
736 cmap);
738 unblock_input ();
740 return (cmap);
743 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map, Sw32_default_color_map,
744 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the default color map. */)
745 (void)
747 return w32_default_color_map ();
750 static Lisp_Object
751 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname)
753 Lisp_Object tail, ret = Qnil;
755 block_input ();
757 for (tail = Vw32_color_map; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
759 register Lisp_Object elt, tem;
761 elt = XCAR (tail);
762 if (!CONSP (elt)) continue;
764 tem = XCAR (elt);
766 if (lstrcmpi (SDATA (tem), colorname) == 0)
768 ret = Fcdr (elt);
769 break;
772 QUIT;
775 unblock_input ();
777 return ret;
781 static void
782 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object *system_colors)
784 HKEY colors_key;
786 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
787 block_input ();
789 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
790 settings. */
791 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
792 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS
793 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
794 KEY_READ, &colors_key) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
796 /* List all keys. */
797 char color_buffer[64];
798 char full_name_buffer[MAX_PATH + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN];
799 int index = 0;
800 DWORD name_size, color_size;
801 char *name_buffer = full_name_buffer + SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
803 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
804 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
806 strcpy (full_name_buffer, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX);
808 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key, index, name_buffer, &name_size,
809 NULL, NULL, color_buffer, &color_size)
810 == ERROR_SUCCESS)
812 int r, g, b;
813 if (sscanf (color_buffer, " %u %u %u", &r, &g, &b) == 3)
814 *system_colors = Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer),
815 make_number (RGB (r, g, b))),
816 *system_colors);
818 name_size = sizeof (full_name_buffer) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN;
819 color_size = sizeof (color_buffer);
820 index++;
822 RegCloseKey (colors_key);
825 unblock_input ();
829 static Lisp_Object
830 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname)
832 register Lisp_Object ret = Qnil;
834 block_input ();
836 if (colorname[0] == '#')
838 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
839 int size = strlen (colorname + 1);
840 char *color = alloca (size + 1);
842 strcpy (color, colorname + 1);
843 if (size == 3 || size == 6 || size == 9 || size == 12)
845 UINT colorval;
846 int i, pos;
847 pos = 0;
848 size /= 3;
849 colorval = 0;
851 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
853 char *end;
854 char t;
855 unsigned long value;
857 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
858 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
859 our numbers, and we don't. */
860 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
861 break;
862 t = color[size];
863 color[size] = '\0';
864 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
865 color[size] = t;
866 if (errno == ERANGE || end - color != size)
867 break;
868 switch (size)
870 case 1:
871 value = value * 0x10;
872 break;
873 case 2:
874 break;
875 case 3:
876 value /= 0x10;
877 break;
878 case 4:
879 value /= 0x100;
880 break;
882 colorval |= (value << pos);
883 pos += 0x8;
884 if (i == 2)
886 unblock_input ();
887 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
888 return ret;
890 color = end;
894 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
896 const char *color;
897 UINT colorval;
898 int i, pos;
899 pos = 0;
901 colorval = 0;
902 color = colorname + 4;
903 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
905 char *end;
906 unsigned long value;
908 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
909 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
910 our numbers, and we don't. */
911 if (!isxdigit (color[0]) || color[1] == 'x')
912 break;
913 value = strtoul (color, &end, 16);
914 if (errno == ERANGE)
915 break;
916 switch (end - color)
918 case 1:
919 value = value * 0x10 + value;
920 break;
921 case 2:
922 break;
923 case 3:
924 value /= 0x10;
925 break;
926 case 4:
927 value /= 0x100;
928 break;
929 default:
930 value = ULONG_MAX;
932 if (value == ULONG_MAX)
933 break;
934 colorval |= (value << pos);
935 pos += 0x8;
936 if (i == 2)
938 if (*end != '\0')
939 break;
940 unblock_input ();
941 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
942 return ret;
944 if (*end != '/')
945 break;
946 color = end + 1;
949 else if (strnicmp (colorname, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
951 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
952 const char *color;
953 UINT colorval;
954 int i, pos;
955 pos = 0;
957 colorval = 0;
958 color = colorname + 5;
959 for (i = 0; i < 3; i++)
961 char *end;
962 double value;
963 UINT val;
965 value = strtod (color, &end);
966 if (errno == ERANGE)
967 break;
968 if (value < 0.0 || value > 1.0)
969 break;
970 val = (UINT)(0x100 * value);
971 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
972 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
973 fixes the 1.0 case. */
974 if (val == 0x100)
975 val = 0xFF;
976 colorval |= (val << pos);
977 pos += 0x8;
978 if (i == 2)
980 if (*end != '\0')
981 break;
982 unblock_input ();
983 XSETINT (ret, colorval);
984 return ret;
986 if (*end != '/')
987 break;
988 color = end + 1;
991 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
992 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
993 RGB. */
995 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
996 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
997 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
998 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
999 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (colorname);
1000 if (NILP (ret))
1002 int len = strlen (colorname);
1004 if (isdigit (colorname[len - 1]))
1006 char *ptr, *approx = alloca (len + 1);
1008 strcpy (approx, colorname);
1009 ptr = &approx[len - 1];
1010 while (ptr > approx && isdigit (*ptr))
1011 *ptr-- = '\0';
1013 ret = w32_color_map_lookup (approx);
1017 unblock_input ();
1018 return ret;
1021 void
1022 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame *f)
1024 struct w32_palette_entry * list;
1025 LOGPALETTE * log_palette;
1026 HPALETTE new_palette;
1027 int i;
1029 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1030 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->has_palette)
1031 return;
1033 log_palette = (LOGPALETTE *)
1034 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE) +
1035 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors * sizeof (PALETTEENTRY));
1036 log_palette->palVersion = 0x300;
1037 log_palette->palNumEntries = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1039 list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1040 for (i = 0;
1041 i < FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors;
1042 i++, list = list->next)
1043 log_palette->palPalEntry[i] = list->entry;
1045 new_palette = CreatePalette (log_palette);
1047 enter_crit ();
1049 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette)
1050 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette);
1051 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->palette = new_palette;
1053 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1054 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
1056 leave_crit ();
1059 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1060 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1061 do \
1063 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1064 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1065 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1066 pe.peFlags = 0; \
1067 } while (0)
1069 #if 0
1070 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1071 void
1072 w32_map_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1074 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1076 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1077 return;
1079 /* check if color is already mapped */
1080 while (list)
1082 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1084 ++list->refcount;
1085 return;
1087 list = list->next;
1090 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1091 list = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1092 SET_W32_COLOR (list->entry, color);
1093 list->refcount = 1;
1094 list->next = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1095 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list = list;
1096 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors++;
1098 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1099 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1102 void
1103 w32_unmap_color (struct frame *f, COLORREF color)
1105 struct w32_palette_entry * list = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1106 struct w32_palette_entry **prev = &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->color_list;
1108 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1109 return;
1111 /* check if color is already mapped */
1112 while (list)
1114 if (W32_COLOR (list->entry) == color)
1116 if (--list->refcount == 0)
1118 *prev = list->next;
1119 xfree (list);
1120 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->num_colors--;
1121 break;
1123 else
1124 return;
1126 prev = &list->next;
1127 list = list->next;
1130 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1131 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->regen_palette = TRUE;
1133 #endif
1136 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1138 void
1139 gamma_correct (struct frame *f, COLORREF *color)
1141 if (f->gamma)
1143 *color = PALETTERGB (
1144 pow (GetRValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1145 pow (GetGValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1146 pow (GetBValue (*color) / 255.0, f->gamma) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1151 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1152 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1153 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1156 w32_defined_color (struct frame *f, const char *color, XColor *color_def, int alloc)
1158 register Lisp_Object tem;
1159 COLORREF w32_color_ref;
1161 tem = x_to_w32_color (color);
1163 if (!NILP (tem))
1165 if (f)
1167 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1168 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem);
1169 gamma_correct (f, &w32_color_ref);
1170 XSETINT (tem, w32_color_ref);
1173 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1174 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette))
1176 struct w32_palette_entry * entry =
1177 one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1178 struct w32_palette_entry ** prev =
1179 &one_w32_display_info.color_list;
1181 /* check if color is already mapped */
1182 while (entry)
1184 if (W32_COLOR (entry->entry) == XUINT (tem))
1185 break;
1186 prev = &entry->next;
1187 entry = entry->next;
1190 if (entry == NULL && alloc)
1192 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1193 entry = xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry));
1194 SET_W32_COLOR (entry->entry, XUINT (tem));
1195 entry->next = NULL;
1196 *prev = entry;
1197 one_w32_display_info.num_colors++;
1199 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1200 one_w32_display_info.regen_palette = TRUE;
1203 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1204 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1205 or not the display device has a palette. */
1206 w32_color_ref = XUINT (tem) | 0x2000000;
1208 color_def->pixel = w32_color_ref;
1209 color_def->red = GetRValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1210 color_def->green = GetGValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1211 color_def->blue = GetBValue (w32_color_ref) * 256;
1213 return 1;
1215 else
1217 return 0;
1221 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1222 suitable for screen F.
1223 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1224 ARG says. */
1227 x_decode_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, int def)
1229 XColor cdef;
1231 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1233 if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "black") == 0)
1234 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1235 else if (strcmp (SDATA (arg), "white") == 0)
1236 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f);
1238 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes * FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_cbits) == 1)
1239 return def;
1241 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1242 by looking for a near-miss. */
1243 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (arg), &cdef, 1))
1244 return cdef.pixel;
1246 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1247 return def;
1252 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1253 to set individual parameters.
1255 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1256 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1257 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1258 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1260 void
1261 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1263 struct w32_output *x = f->output_data.w32;
1264 PIX_TYPE fg, old_fg;
1266 fg = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1267 old_fg = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1268 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f) = fg;
1270 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1272 if (x->cursor_pixel == old_fg)
1274 x->cursor_pixel = fg;
1275 x->cursor_gc->background = fg;
1278 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qforeground_color, arg);
1279 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1280 redraw_frame (f);
1284 void
1285 x_set_background_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1287 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
1288 = x_decode_color (f, arg, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1290 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1292 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX,
1293 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1295 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qbackground_color, arg);
1297 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1298 redraw_frame (f);
1302 void
1303 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1305 Cursor cursor, nontext_cursor, mode_cursor, hand_cursor;
1306 int count;
1307 int mask_color;
1309 if (!EQ (Qnil, arg))
1310 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1311 = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1312 mask_color = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1314 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1315 if (mask_color == f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel
1316 && mask_color == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1317 f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel = FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1319 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1320 block_input ();
1322 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1323 count = x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1325 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_pointer_shape))
1327 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape);
1328 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape));
1330 else
1331 cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1332 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1334 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape))
1336 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape);
1337 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1338 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape));
1340 else
1341 nontext_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_left_ptr);
1342 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1344 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape))
1346 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape);
1347 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1348 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape));
1350 else
1351 hourglass_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_watch);
1352 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1354 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1355 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_mode_pointer_shape))
1357 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape);
1358 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1359 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape));
1361 else
1362 mode_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_xterm);
1363 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1365 if (!EQ (Qnil, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape))
1367 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape);
1368 hand_cursor
1369 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1370 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape));
1372 else
1373 hand_cursor = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), XC_crosshair);
1375 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape))
1377 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape);
1378 horizontal_drag_cursor
1379 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f),
1380 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape));
1382 else
1383 horizontal_drag_cursor
1384 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), XC_sb_h_double_arrow);
1386 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1387 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1388 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), count);
1391 XColor fore_color, back_color;
1393 fore_color.pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1394 back_color.pixel = mask_color;
1395 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1396 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1397 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1398 &fore_color);
1399 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1400 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f),
1401 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f))),
1402 &back_color);
1403 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), cursor,
1404 &fore_color, &back_color);
1405 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), nontext_cursor,
1406 &fore_color, &back_color);
1407 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), mode_cursor,
1408 &fore_color, &back_color);
1409 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hand_cursor,
1410 &fore_color, &back_color);
1411 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), hourglass_cursor,
1412 &fore_color, &back_color);
1415 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1416 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), cursor);
1418 if (cursor != f->output_data.w32->text_cursor && f->output_data.w32->text_cursor != 0)
1419 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->text_cursor);
1420 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = cursor;
1422 if (nontext_cursor != f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor
1423 && f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor != 0)
1424 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor);
1425 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = nontext_cursor;
1427 if (hourglass_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor
1428 && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor != 0)
1429 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
1430 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = hourglass_cursor;
1432 if (mode_cursor != f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor
1433 && f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor != 0)
1434 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor);
1435 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = mode_cursor;
1437 if (hand_cursor != f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor
1438 && f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor != 0)
1439 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor);
1440 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = hand_cursor;
1442 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1443 unblock_input ();
1445 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qmouse_color, arg);
1446 #endif /* TODO */
1449 void
1450 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1452 unsigned long fore_pixel, pixel;
1454 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel))
1455 fore_pixel = x_decode_color (f, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
1456 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1457 else
1458 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1460 pixel = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1462 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1463 if (pixel == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f))
1465 pixel = f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel;
1466 if (pixel == fore_pixel)
1467 fore_pixel = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
1470 f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel = fore_pixel;
1471 f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel = pixel;
1473 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
1475 block_input ();
1476 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1477 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->foreground = fore_pixel;
1478 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc->background = pixel;
1480 unblock_input ();
1482 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1484 x_update_cursor (f, 0);
1485 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
1489 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qcursor_color, arg);
1492 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1493 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1494 F has a window. */
1496 void
1497 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame *f, int pix)
1500 f->output_data.w32->border_pixel = pix;
1502 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0 && f->border_width > 0)
1504 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1505 redraw_frame (f);
1509 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1510 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1511 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1512 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1513 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1515 void
1516 x_set_border_color (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1518 int pix;
1520 CHECK_STRING (arg);
1521 pix = x_decode_color (f, arg, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f));
1522 x_set_border_pixel (f, pix);
1523 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f, Qborder_color, arg);
1527 void
1528 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1530 set_frame_cursor_types (f, arg);
1533 void
1534 x_set_icon_type (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1536 int result;
1538 if (NILP (arg) && NILP (oldval))
1539 return;
1541 if (STRINGP (arg) && STRINGP (oldval)
1542 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1543 return;
1545 if (SYMBOLP (arg) && SYMBOLP (oldval) && EQ (arg, oldval))
1546 return;
1548 block_input ();
1550 result = x_bitmap_icon (f, arg);
1551 if (result)
1553 unblock_input ();
1554 error ("No icon window available");
1557 unblock_input ();
1560 void
1561 x_set_icon_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1563 if (STRINGP (arg))
1565 if (STRINGP (oldval) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval, arg), Qt))
1566 return;
1568 else if (!NILP (arg) || NILP (oldval))
1569 return;
1571 fset_icon_name (f, arg);
1573 #if 0
1574 if (f->output_data.w32->icon_bitmap != 0)
1575 return;
1577 block_input ();
1579 result = x_text_icon (f,
1580 SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
1581 ? f->icon_name
1582 : !NILP (f->title)
1583 ? f->title
1584 : f->name)));
1586 if (result)
1588 unblock_input ();
1589 error ("No icon window available");
1592 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1593 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1594 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
1596 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1597 XtPopup (f->output_data.w32->widget, XtGrabNone);
1598 #endif
1599 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
1602 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
1603 unblock_input ();
1604 #endif
1608 void
1609 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1611 int nlines;
1613 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1614 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1615 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1616 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1617 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1618 return;
1620 if (INTEGERP (value))
1621 nlines = XINT (value);
1622 else
1623 nlines = 0;
1625 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) = 0;
1626 if (nlines)
1627 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 1;
1628 else
1630 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) == 1)
1631 free_frame_menubar (f);
1632 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f) = 0;
1634 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1635 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1636 set correctly. */
1637 x_set_window_size (f, 0, FRAME_COLS (f), FRAME_LINES (f));
1638 do_pending_window_change (0);
1640 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1644 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1645 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL
1646 is the old number of tool bar lines. This function changes the
1647 height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar height.
1648 The frame's height doesn't change. */
1650 void
1651 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object oldval)
1653 int delta, nlines, root_height;
1654 Lisp_Object root_window;
1656 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1657 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
1658 return;
1660 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1661 if (INTEGERP (value) && XINT (value) >= 0)
1662 nlines = XFASTINT (value);
1663 else
1664 nlines = 0;
1666 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1667 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
1669 delta = nlines - FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f);
1671 /* Don't resize the tool-bar to more than we have room for. */
1672 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f);
1673 root_height = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (root_window));
1674 if (root_height - delta < 1)
1676 delta = root_height - 1;
1677 nlines = FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) + delta;
1680 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) = nlines;
1681 resize_frame_windows (f, FRAME_LINES (f), 0);
1682 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
1684 /* We also have to make sure that the internal border at the top of
1685 the frame, below the menu bar or tool bar, is redrawn when the
1686 tool bar disappears. This is so because the internal border is
1687 below the tool bar if one is displayed, but is below the menu bar
1688 if there isn't a tool bar. The tool bar draws into the area
1689 below the menu bar. */
1690 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) == 0)
1692 clear_frame (f);
1693 clear_current_matrices (f);
1696 /* If the tool bar gets smaller, the internal border below it
1697 has to be cleared. It was formerly part of the display
1698 of the larger tool bar, and updating windows won't clear it. */
1699 if (delta < 0)
1701 int height = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
1702 int width = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1703 int y = nlines * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
1705 block_input ();
1707 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1708 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
1709 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1711 unblock_input ();
1713 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
1714 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->current_matrix);
1717 run_window_configuration_change_hook (f);
1722 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1723 w32_id_name.
1725 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1726 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1727 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1729 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1730 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1731 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1733 void
1734 x_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, int explicit)
1736 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1737 Emacs redisplay code. */
1738 if (explicit)
1740 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1741 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1742 if (f->explicit_name && NILP (name))
1743 update_mode_lines = 1;
1745 f->explicit_name = ! NILP (name);
1747 else if (f->explicit_name)
1748 return;
1750 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1751 if (NILP (name))
1753 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1754 before we do any consing. */
1755 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name,
1756 SDATA (f->name)))
1757 return;
1758 name = build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->w32_id_name);
1760 else
1761 CHECK_STRING (name);
1763 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1764 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name, f->name)))
1765 return;
1767 fset_name (f, name);
1769 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1770 the name parameter. */
1771 if (! NILP (f->title))
1772 name = f->title;
1774 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1776 block_input ();
1777 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1778 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1779 unblock_input ();
1783 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1784 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1785 redisplay code. */
1786 void
1787 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1789 x_set_name (f, arg, 1);
1792 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1793 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1794 lisp code. */
1795 void
1796 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object arg, Lisp_Object oldval)
1798 x_set_name (f, arg, 0);
1801 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1802 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1804 void
1805 x_set_title (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object name, Lisp_Object old_name)
1807 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1808 if (EQ (name, f->title))
1809 return;
1811 update_mode_lines = 1;
1813 fset_title (f, name);
1815 if (NILP (name))
1816 name = f->name;
1818 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
1820 block_input ();
1821 GUI_FN (SetWindowText) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
1822 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name)));
1823 unblock_input ();
1827 void
1828 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame *f)
1830 int wid = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f);
1832 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
1833 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) +
1834 wid - 1) / wid;
1838 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1840 Cursor
1841 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name)
1843 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1844 Cursor cursor = LoadImage ((HINSTANCE) GetModuleHandle (NULL),
1845 name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1846 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1847 if (!cursor)
1849 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1850 cursor = LoadImage (NULL, name, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0, 0,
1851 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR | LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_SHARED);
1853 return cursor;
1856 static LRESULT CALLBACK w32_wnd_proc (HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
1858 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1859 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1860 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1861 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1862 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1863 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1864 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1865 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1866 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1867 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1869 static BOOL
1870 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst)
1872 if (w32_unicode_gui)
1874 WNDCLASSW uwc;
1875 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc);
1876 uwc.lpszClassName = L"Emacs";
1878 return RegisterClassW (&uwc);
1880 else
1882 WNDCLASS wc;
1883 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc);
1884 wc.lpszClassName = EMACS_CLASS;
1886 return RegisterClassA (&wc);
1890 static HWND
1891 w32_createscrollbar (struct frame *f, struct scroll_bar * bar)
1893 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT | WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE,
1894 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
1895 XINT (bar->left), XINT (bar->top),
1896 XINT (bar->width), XINT (bar->height),
1897 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), NULL, hinst, NULL);
1900 static void
1901 w32_createwindow (struct frame *f)
1903 HWND hwnd;
1904 RECT rect;
1905 Lisp_Object top = Qunbound;
1906 Lisp_Object left = Qunbound;
1907 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
1909 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
1910 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
1911 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
1913 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
1914 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
1916 /* Do first time app init */
1918 w32_init_class (hinst);
1920 if (f->size_hint_flags & USPosition || f->size_hint_flags & PPosition)
1922 XSETINT (left, f->left_pos);
1923 XSETINT (top, f->top_pos);
1925 else if (EQ (left, Qunbound) && EQ (top, Qunbound))
1927 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, w32_get_arg will return zero
1928 for anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
1929 left = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qleft, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
1930 top = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, Qnil, Qtop, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
1933 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) = hwnd
1934 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
1935 f->namebuf,
1936 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
1937 EQ (left, Qunbound) ? CW_USEDEFAULT : XINT (left),
1938 EQ (top, Qunbound) ? CW_USEDEFAULT : XINT (top),
1939 rect.right - rect.left,
1940 rect.bottom - rect.top,
1941 NULL,
1942 NULL,
1943 hinst,
1944 NULL);
1946 if (hwnd)
1948 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
1949 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
1950 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
1951 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->scroll_bar_actual_width);
1952 SetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
1954 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
1955 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd, TRUE);
1957 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
1958 ShowWindow (hwnd, SW_HIDE);
1960 /* Update frame positions. */
1961 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &rect);
1962 f->left_pos = rect.left;
1963 f->top_pos = rect.top;
1967 static void
1968 my_post_msg (W32Msg * wmsg, HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
1970 wmsg->msg.hwnd = hwnd;
1971 wmsg->msg.message = msg;
1972 wmsg->msg.wParam = wParam;
1973 wmsg->msg.lParam = lParam;
1974 wmsg->msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
1976 post_msg (wmsg);
1979 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
1980 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
1981 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
1982 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
1983 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
1984 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
1985 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
1986 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
1987 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
1988 on Swedish keyboards). */
1990 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
1991 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
1992 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
1993 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
1995 static int modifiers[4];
1996 static int modifiers_recorded;
1997 static int modifier_key_support_tested;
1999 static void
2000 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam)
2002 unsigned int l, r;
2004 if (wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU)
2005 return;
2006 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2008 l = VK_LCONTROL;
2009 r = VK_RCONTROL;
2011 else
2013 l = VK_LMENU;
2014 r = VK_RMENU;
2016 if (!(GetKeyState (l) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r) & 0x8000))
2017 modifiers_recorded = 1;
2018 else
2019 modifiers_recorded = 0;
2020 modifier_key_support_tested = 1;
2023 static void
2024 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2026 int i;
2028 if (!modifier_key_support_tested)
2029 test_modifier_support (wparam);
2031 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2032 return;
2034 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2035 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2036 else
2037 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2039 modifiers[i] = 1;
2042 static void
2043 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2045 int i;
2047 if ((wparam != VK_CONTROL && wparam != VK_MENU) || !modifiers_recorded)
2048 return;
2050 if (wparam == VK_CONTROL)
2051 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL : EMACS_LCONTROL;
2052 else
2053 i = (lparam & 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU : EMACS_LMENU;
2055 modifiers[i] = 0;
2058 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2059 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2060 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2061 static void
2062 reset_modifiers (void)
2064 SHORT ctrl, alt;
2066 if (GetFocus () == NULL)
2067 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2068 return;
2070 ctrl = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL);
2071 alt = GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU);
2073 if (!(ctrl & 0x08000))
2074 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2075 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2077 if (!(alt & 0x08000))
2078 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2079 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2081 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2082 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2083 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2085 BYTE keystate[256];
2087 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2089 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2090 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT);
2091 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL);
2092 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL);
2093 keystate[VK_RCONTROL] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL);
2094 keystate[VK_MENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU);
2095 keystate[VK_LMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU);
2096 keystate[VK_RMENU] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU);
2097 keystate[VK_LWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN);
2098 keystate[VK_RWIN] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN);
2099 keystate[VK_APPS] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS);
2100 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2104 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2105 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2106 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2107 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2108 static void
2109 sync_modifiers (void)
2111 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2112 return;
2114 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000))
2115 modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL] = modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL] = 0;
2117 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU) & 0x8000))
2118 modifiers[EMACS_RMENU] = modifiers[EMACS_LMENU] = 0;
2121 static int
2122 modifier_set (int vkey)
2124 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2125 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2126 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2127 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2128 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2129 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2130 if (vkey == VK_CAPITAL)
2132 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2133 return 0;
2134 else
2135 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2137 if (vkey == VK_SCROLL)
2139 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier)
2140 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2141 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2142 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qhyper)
2143 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qsuper)
2144 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qmeta)
2145 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qalt)
2146 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qcontrol)
2147 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier, Qshift)))
2148 return 0;
2149 else
2150 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x1);
2153 if (!modifiers_recorded)
2154 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2156 switch (vkey)
2158 case VK_LCONTROL:
2159 return modifiers[EMACS_LCONTROL];
2160 case VK_RCONTROL:
2161 return modifiers[EMACS_RCONTROL];
2162 case VK_LMENU:
2163 return modifiers[EMACS_LMENU];
2164 case VK_RMENU:
2165 return modifiers[EMACS_RMENU];
2167 return (GetKeyState (vkey) & 0x8000);
2170 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2171 Emacs uses. */
2173 unsigned int
2174 w32_key_to_modifier (int key)
2176 Lisp_Object key_mapping;
2178 switch (key)
2180 case VK_LWIN:
2181 key_mapping = Vw32_lwindow_modifier;
2182 break;
2183 case VK_RWIN:
2184 key_mapping = Vw32_rwindow_modifier;
2185 break;
2186 case VK_APPS:
2187 key_mapping = Vw32_apps_modifier;
2188 break;
2189 case VK_SCROLL:
2190 key_mapping = Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier;
2191 break;
2192 default:
2193 key_mapping = Qnil;
2196 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2197 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2198 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2199 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2200 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2201 markbits here. */
2202 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qhyper))
2203 return hyper_modifier;
2204 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qsuper))
2205 return super_modifier;
2206 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qmeta))
2207 return meta_modifier;
2208 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qalt))
2209 return alt_modifier;
2210 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qctrl))
2211 return ctrl_modifier;
2212 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qcontrol)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2213 return ctrl_modifier;
2214 if (EQ (key_mapping, Qshift))
2215 return shift_modifier;
2217 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2218 return 0;
2221 static unsigned int
2222 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2224 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT) ? shift_modifier : 0) |
2225 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL) ? ctrl_modifier : 0) |
2226 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN) : 0) |
2227 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN) : 0) |
2228 (modifier_set (VK_APPS) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS) : 0) |
2229 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL) : 0) |
2230 (modifier_set (VK_MENU) ?
2231 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier) : 0));
2234 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2235 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2236 and window input. */
2238 static int
2239 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2241 int mods;
2243 mods = 0;
2244 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED : 0;
2245 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON : 0;
2246 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON : 0;
2247 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK)) ? NUMLOCK_ON : 0;
2248 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2249 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED : 0;
2250 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2251 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED : 0;
2252 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2253 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED : 0;
2254 mods |= (modifier_set (VK_APPS)) ? APPS_PRESSED : 0;
2256 return mods;
2259 static int
2260 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam, unsigned int lparam)
2262 int mods;
2264 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2265 mods = w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam);
2267 return mods;
2270 unsigned int
2271 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key, unsigned int extended)
2273 if (virt_key < VK_CLEAR || virt_key > VK_DELETE)
2274 return virt_key;
2276 if (virt_key == VK_RETURN)
2277 return (extended ? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER : VK_RETURN);
2279 if (virt_key >= VK_PRIOR && virt_key <= VK_DOWN)
2280 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR + (virt_key - VK_PRIOR)) : virt_key);
2282 if (virt_key == VK_INSERT || virt_key == VK_DELETE)
2283 return (!extended ? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT + (virt_key - VK_INSERT)) : virt_key);
2285 if (virt_key == VK_CLEAR)
2286 return (!extended ? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR : virt_key);
2288 return virt_key;
2291 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2292 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2293 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2294 key code and modifier combination to capture. */
2295 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys;
2297 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2298 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2299 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2300 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2302 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2303 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2304 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2306 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2307 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2308 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2310 static void
2311 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2313 Lisp_Object keylist;
2315 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2316 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2318 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2320 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2321 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2322 continue;
2324 RegisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key),
2325 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key));
2329 static void
2330 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd)
2332 Lisp_Object keylist;
2334 for (keylist = w32_grabbed_keys; CONSP (keylist); keylist = XCDR (keylist))
2336 Lisp_Object key = XCAR (keylist);
2338 if (!INTEGERP (key))
2339 continue;
2341 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd, HOTKEY_ID (key));
2345 #if EMACSDEBUG
2346 const char*
2347 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg)
2349 unsigned i;
2350 static char buf[64];
2351 static const struct {
2352 UINT msg;
2353 const char* name;
2354 } msgnames[] = {
2355 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2356 M (WM_PAINT),
2357 M (WM_TIMER),
2358 M (WM_USER),
2359 M (WM_MOUSEMOVE),
2360 M (WM_LBUTTONUP),
2361 M (WM_KEYDOWN),
2362 M (WM_EMACS_KILL),
2363 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW),
2364 M (WM_EMACS_DONE),
2365 M (WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR),
2366 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW),
2367 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS),
2368 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW),
2369 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU),
2370 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS),
2371 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND),
2372 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE),
2373 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT),
2374 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2375 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY),
2376 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY),
2377 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET),
2378 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET),
2379 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET),
2380 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET),
2381 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR),
2382 M (WM_EMACS_PAINT),
2383 M (WM_CHAR),
2384 #undef M
2385 { 0, 0 }
2388 for (i = 0; msgnames[i].name; ++i)
2389 if (msgnames[i].msg == msg)
2390 return msgnames[i].name;
2392 sprintf (buf, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg);
2393 return buf;
2395 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2397 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2398 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2399 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2401 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2402 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2403 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2404 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2405 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2407 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2408 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2409 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2410 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2412 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2413 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2414 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2415 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2416 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2417 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2418 input.
2420 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2421 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2425 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2427 static void
2428 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg * msg_buf)
2430 MSG msg;
2431 WPARAM result;
2432 HWND focus_window;
2434 msh_mousewheel = RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL);
2436 while ((w32_unicode_gui ? GetMessageW : GetMessageA) (&msg, NULL, 0, 0))
2439 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2440 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2442 if (msg.hwnd == NULL)
2444 switch (msg.message)
2446 case WM_NULL:
2447 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2448 break;
2449 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW:
2450 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2451 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2452 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2453 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2454 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2455 and older versions will never be patched. */
2456 CoInitialize (NULL);
2457 w32_createwindow ((struct frame *) msg.wParam);
2458 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2459 emacs_abort ();
2460 break;
2461 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE:
2462 SetThreadLocale (msg.wParam);
2463 /* Reply is not expected. */
2464 break;
2465 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT:
2466 result = (WPARAM) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL) msg.wParam, 0);
2467 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2468 result, 0))
2469 emacs_abort ();
2470 break;
2471 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2472 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2473 if (focus_window != NULL)
2474 RegisterHotKey (focus_window,
2475 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam),
2476 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg.wParam),
2477 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg.wParam));
2478 /* Reply is not expected. */
2479 break;
2480 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY:
2481 focus_window = GetFocus ();
2482 if (focus_window != NULL)
2483 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg.wParam));
2484 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2485 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2486 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2487 GC. */
2488 XSETCAR (XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam), Qnil);
2489 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2490 emacs_abort ();
2491 break;
2492 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY:
2494 int vk_code = (int) msg.wParam;
2495 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
2496 Lisp_Object new_state = XIL ((EMACS_INT) msg.lParam);
2498 /* NB: This code must be thread-safe. It is safe to
2499 call NILP because symbols are not relocated by GC,
2500 and pointer here is not touched by GC (so the markbit
2501 can't be set). Numbers are safe because they are
2502 immediate values. */
2503 if (NILP (new_state)
2504 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
2505 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
2507 one_w32_display_info.faked_key = vk_code;
2509 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2510 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2511 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2512 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2513 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2514 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
2515 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
2516 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
2517 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
2518 cur_state = !cur_state;
2520 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE,
2521 cur_state, 0))
2522 emacs_abort ();
2524 break;
2525 #ifdef MSG_DEBUG
2526 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
2527 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
2528 default:
2529 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg.message));
2530 #endif
2533 else
2535 if (w32_unicode_gui)
2536 DispatchMessageW (&msg);
2537 else
2538 DispatchMessageA (&msg);
2541 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
2542 if (msg_buf->completed)
2543 break;
2547 deferred_msg * deferred_msg_head;
2549 static deferred_msg *
2550 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg)
2552 deferred_msg * item;
2554 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2555 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2556 /* enter_crit (); */
2558 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2559 if (item->w32msg.msg.hwnd == hwnd
2560 && item->w32msg.msg.message == msg)
2561 break;
2563 /* leave_crit (); */
2565 return item;
2568 static LRESULT
2569 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg * msg_buf,
2570 HWND hwnd,
2571 UINT msg,
2572 WPARAM wParam,
2573 LPARAM lParam)
2575 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
2576 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId)
2577 emacs_abort ();
2579 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
2580 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
2581 emacs_abort ();
2583 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
2584 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
2585 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
2586 input thread can call us). */
2588 /* enter_crit (); */
2590 msg_buf->completed = 0;
2591 msg_buf->next = deferred_msg_head;
2592 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf;
2593 my_post_msg (&msg_buf->w32msg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2595 /* leave_crit (); */
2597 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
2598 this one is completed. */
2599 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf);
2601 deferred_msg_head = msg_buf->next;
2603 return msg_buf->result;
2606 void
2607 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, LRESULT result)
2609 deferred_msg * msg_buf = find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg);
2611 if (msg_buf == NULL)
2612 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
2613 return;
2615 msg_buf->result = result;
2616 msg_buf->completed = 1;
2618 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2619 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2622 static void
2623 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
2625 deferred_msg * item;
2627 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
2628 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
2629 /* enter_crit (); */
2631 for (item = deferred_msg_head; item != NULL; item = item->next)
2633 item->result = 0;
2634 item->completed = 1;
2637 /* leave_crit (); */
2639 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
2640 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_NULL, 0, 0);
2643 DWORD WINAPI
2644 w32_msg_worker (void *arg)
2646 MSG msg;
2647 deferred_msg dummy_buf;
2649 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
2651 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
2653 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId, WM_EMACS_DONE, 0, 0))
2654 emacs_abort ();
2656 memset (&dummy_buf, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf));
2657 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.hwnd = NULL;
2658 dummy_buf.w32msg.msg.message = WM_NULL;
2660 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
2661 application quits. */
2662 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf);
2664 return 0;
2667 static void
2668 signal_user_input (void)
2670 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
2671 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input))
2673 Vquit_flag = Vthrow_on_input;
2674 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
2675 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
2676 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
2677 #if 0
2678 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
2679 do it now. */
2680 if (immediate_quit && NILP (Vinhibit_quit))
2682 immediate_quit = 0;
2683 QUIT;
2685 #endif
2690 static void
2691 post_character_message (HWND hwnd, UINT msg,
2692 WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam,
2693 DWORD modifiers)
2695 W32Msg wmsg;
2697 wmsg.dwModifiers = modifiers;
2699 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
2700 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
2701 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
2702 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
2703 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
2704 message that has no particular effect. */
2706 int c = wParam;
2707 if (isalpha (c) && wmsg.dwModifiers == ctrl_modifier)
2708 c = make_ctrl_char (c) & 0377;
2709 if (c == quit_char
2710 || (wmsg.dwModifiers == 0
2711 && w32_quit_key && wParam == w32_quit_key))
2713 Vquit_flag = Qt;
2715 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
2716 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
2717 msg = WM_NULL;
2719 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
2720 signal_quit ();
2722 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
2723 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
2724 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
2725 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
2726 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
2727 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
2728 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
2729 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
2730 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
2731 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
2732 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
2733 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
2734 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
2735 the lisp thread to respond.
2737 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
2738 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
2739 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
2740 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
2741 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
2743 else
2744 signal_user_input ();
2747 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2750 /* Main window procedure */
2752 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2753 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
2755 struct frame *f;
2756 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
2757 W32Msg wmsg;
2758 int windows_translate;
2759 int key;
2761 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
2762 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
2763 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
2764 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
2765 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
2767 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
2768 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
2769 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
2770 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
2771 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
2773 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
2774 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
2775 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
2777 switch (msg)
2779 case WM_ERASEBKGND:
2780 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2781 if (f)
2783 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
2784 GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect, FALSE);
2785 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &wmsg.rect);
2786 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
2788 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2789 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2791 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2792 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2793 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
2795 return 1;
2796 case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
2797 /* ignore our own changes */
2798 if ((HWND)wParam != hwnd)
2800 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2801 if (f)
2802 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
2803 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
2804 release_frame_dc (f, get_frame_dc (f));
2806 return 0;
2807 case WM_PAINT:
2809 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct;
2810 RECT update_rect;
2811 memset (&update_rect, 0, sizeof (update_rect));
2813 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
2814 if (f == 0)
2816 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd));
2817 return 0;
2820 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
2821 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
2822 circumstances. */
2823 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd, &update_rect, FALSE) || !w32_strict_painting)
2825 enter_crit ();
2826 BeginPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2828 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
2829 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
2830 are invalid. */
2831 UnionRect (&(wmsg.rect), &update_rect, &(paintStruct.rcPaint));
2833 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
2834 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
2836 wmsg.rect.left, wmsg.rect.top,
2837 wmsg.rect.right, wmsg.rect.bottom));
2838 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
2839 update_rect.left, update_rect.top,
2840 update_rect.right, update_rect.bottom));
2841 #endif
2842 EndPaint (hwnd, &paintStruct);
2843 leave_crit ();
2845 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
2846 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
2847 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
2848 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
2849 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
2850 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_EMACS_PAINT, wParam, lParam);
2852 return 0;
2855 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
2856 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
2857 GetClientRect (hwnd, &wmsg.rect);
2858 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2859 return 0;
2862 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
2863 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
2864 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
2866 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
2867 preserve modifier key states. */
2869 int i;
2870 BYTE keystate[256];
2872 GetKeyboardState (keystate);
2873 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
2874 if (1
2875 && i != VK_SHIFT
2876 && i != VK_LSHIFT
2877 && i != VK_RSHIFT
2878 && i != VK_CAPITAL
2879 && i != VK_NUMLOCK
2880 && i != VK_SCROLL
2881 && i != VK_CONTROL
2882 && i != VK_LCONTROL
2883 && i != VK_RCONTROL
2884 && i != VK_MENU
2885 && i != VK_LMENU
2886 && i != VK_RMENU
2887 && i != VK_LWIN
2888 && i != VK_RWIN)
2889 keystate[i] = 0;
2890 SetKeyboardState (keystate);
2892 goto dflt;
2894 case WM_HOTKEY:
2895 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
2896 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_KEYDOWN, HIWORD (lParam), 0);
2897 return (0);
2899 case WM_KEYUP:
2900 case WM_SYSKEYUP:
2901 record_keyup (wParam, lParam);
2902 goto dflt;
2904 case WM_KEYDOWN:
2905 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
2906 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
2907 if (dpyinfo->faked_key == wParam)
2909 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
2910 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
2911 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
2912 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
2913 example. */
2914 if (wParam < 256 && lispy_function_keys[wParam])
2916 windows_translate = 1;
2917 goto translate;
2919 return 0;
2922 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
2923 sync_modifiers ();
2924 record_keydown (wParam, lParam);
2925 wParam = map_keypad_keys (wParam, (lParam & 0x1000000L) != 0);
2927 windows_translate = 0;
2929 switch (wParam)
2931 case VK_LWIN:
2932 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system))
2934 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
2935 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
2936 press of Space which we will ignore. */
2937 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2939 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2940 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2941 else
2942 key = VK_SPACE;
2943 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2944 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2947 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier))
2948 return 0;
2949 break;
2950 case VK_RWIN:
2951 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system))
2953 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam) & 1)
2955 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code))
2956 key = XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code) & 255;
2957 else
2958 key = VK_SPACE;
2959 dpyinfo->faked_key = key;
2960 keybd_event (key, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (key, 0), 0, 0);
2963 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier))
2964 return 0;
2965 break;
2966 case VK_APPS:
2967 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier))
2968 return 0;
2969 break;
2970 case VK_MENU:
2971 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system))
2972 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
2973 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
2974 return 0;
2975 windows_translate = 1;
2976 break;
2977 case VK_CAPITAL:
2978 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2979 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
2980 goto disable_lock_key;
2981 windows_translate = 1;
2982 break;
2983 case VK_NUMLOCK:
2984 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2985 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock))
2986 goto disable_lock_key;
2987 windows_translate = 1;
2988 break;
2989 case VK_SCROLL:
2990 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
2991 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier))
2992 goto disable_lock_key;
2993 windows_translate = 1;
2994 break;
2995 disable_lock_key:
2996 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
2997 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
2998 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
2999 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3000 dpyinfo->faked_key = wParam;
3001 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3002 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3003 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3004 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
3005 keybd_event ((BYTE) wParam, (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (wParam, 0),
3006 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
3007 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3008 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3009 input event. */
3010 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3011 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3012 windows_translate = 1;
3013 break;
3014 case VK_CONTROL:
3015 case VK_SHIFT:
3016 case VK_PROCESSKEY: /* Generated by IME. */
3017 windows_translate = 1;
3018 break;
3019 case VK_CANCEL:
3020 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3021 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3022 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3023 wParam = VK_PAUSE;
3024 break;
3025 case VK_PAUSE:
3026 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3027 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3028 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3029 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3030 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3031 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL))
3032 wParam = VK_NUMLOCK;
3033 break;
3034 default:
3035 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
3036 if (wParam > 255 || !lispy_function_keys[wParam])
3038 DWORD modifiers = construct_console_modifiers ();
3040 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
3041 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU))
3043 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
3044 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
3045 chords correctly. */
3046 windows_translate = 1;
3048 else if ((modifiers & (~SHIFT_PRESSED & ~CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
3050 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
3051 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
3052 modifier information as possible. */
3053 if ('A' <= wParam && wParam <= 'Z')
3055 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
3056 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
3057 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
3058 the normal layout translates alphabetic
3059 characters to non-ascii characters. */
3060 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT))
3061 wParam += ('a' - 'A');
3062 msg = WM_CHAR;
3064 else
3066 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
3067 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
3068 shift modifier). */
3069 int add;
3070 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key;
3072 key.bKeyDown = TRUE;
3073 key.wRepeatCount = 1;
3074 key.wVirtualKeyCode = wParam;
3075 key.wVirtualScanCode = (lParam & 0xFF0000) >> 16;
3076 key.uChar.AsciiChar = 0;
3077 key.dwControlKeyState = modifiers;
3079 add = w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3080 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
3081 dead key. Ignore both. */
3082 while (--add >= 0)
3084 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
3085 post_character_message
3086 (hwnd, WM_CHAR,
3087 (unsigned char) key.uChar.AsciiChar, lParam,
3088 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3089 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key, w32_keyboard_codepage);
3091 return 0;
3094 else
3096 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
3097 windows_translate = 1;
3102 translate:
3103 if (windows_translate)
3105 MSG windows_msg = { hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam, 0, {0,0} };
3106 windows_msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3107 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg);
3108 goto dflt;
3111 /* Fall through */
3113 case WM_SYSCHAR:
3114 case WM_CHAR:
3115 if (wParam > 255 )
3117 W32Msg wmsg;
3119 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3120 signal_user_input ();
3121 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, wParam, lParam);
3124 else
3125 post_character_message (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam,
3126 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam));
3127 break;
3129 case WM_UNICHAR:
3130 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
3131 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
3132 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
3133 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
3134 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
3136 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
3137 documentation though, so handle it here.
3139 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
3140 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
3141 if (wParam == UNICODE_NOCHAR)
3142 return TRUE;
3145 W32Msg wmsg;
3146 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3147 signal_user_input ();
3148 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3150 break;
3152 case WM_IME_CHAR:
3153 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
3154 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
3155 get through. */
3156 if (!get_composition_string_fn)
3157 goto dflt;
3159 else if (!ignore_ime_char)
3161 wchar_t * buffer;
3162 int size, i;
3163 W32Msg wmsg;
3164 HIMC context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3165 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam, lParam);
3166 /* Get buffer size. */
3167 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR, NULL, 0);
3168 buffer = alloca (size);
3169 size = get_composition_string_fn (context, GCS_RESULTSTR,
3170 buffer, size);
3171 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3173 signal_user_input ();
3174 for (i = 0; i < size / sizeof (wchar_t); i++)
3176 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, WM_UNICHAR, (WPARAM) buffer[i],
3177 lParam);
3179 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
3180 characters in the string that was output above. */
3181 ignore_ime_char = (size / sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
3183 else
3184 ignore_ime_char--;
3186 break;
3188 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION:
3189 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn)
3190 goto dflt;
3191 else
3193 COMPOSITIONFORM form;
3194 HIMC context;
3195 struct window *w;
3197 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
3198 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
3199 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
3200 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
3201 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
3202 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
3203 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
3204 careful not to move the IME window if the window
3205 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
3206 field being reset to nil. */
3207 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3208 if (!(f && FRAME_LIVE_P (f)))
3209 break;
3210 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f));
3211 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
3212 behind our back. */
3213 if (w != w32_system_caret_window)
3214 break;
3216 form.dwStyle = CFS_RECT;
3217 form.ptCurrentPos.x = w32_system_caret_x;
3218 form.ptCurrentPos.y = w32_system_caret_y;
3220 form.rcArea.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
3221 form.rcArea.top = (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w)
3222 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height);
3223 form.rcArea.right = (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w)
3224 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w)
3225 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w));
3226 form.rcArea.bottom = (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w)
3227 - w32_system_caret_mode_height);
3229 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
3230 if (!BUFFERP (w->contents))
3231 break;
3233 context = get_ime_context_fn (hwnd);
3235 if (!context)
3236 break;
3238 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context, &form);
3239 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd, context);
3241 break;
3243 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION:
3244 ignore_ime_char = 0;
3245 goto dflt;
3247 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
3248 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
3249 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
3250 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
3251 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3252 goto handle_plain_button;
3255 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3256 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3258 if (button_state & this)
3259 return 0;
3261 if (button_state == 0)
3262 SetCapture (hwnd);
3264 button_state |= this;
3266 if (button_state & other)
3268 if (mouse_button_timer)
3270 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3271 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3273 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
3274 msg = WM_MBUTTONDOWN;
3275 button_state |= MMOUSE;
3277 else if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3279 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
3280 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
3281 user releases and press one of the two buttons
3282 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
3283 return 0;
3285 else
3287 /* Flush out saved message. */
3288 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3290 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3291 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3292 signal_user_input ();
3294 /* Clear message buffer. */
3295 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3297 else
3299 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3300 mouse_button_timer =
3301 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID,
3302 w32_mouse_button_tolerance, NULL);
3303 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3304 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.message = msg;
3305 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3306 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3307 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3308 saved_mouse_button_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3311 return 0;
3313 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
3314 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
3315 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons > 2)
3316 goto handle_plain_button;
3319 int this = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? LMOUSE : RMOUSE;
3320 int other = (msg == WM_LBUTTONUP) ? RMOUSE : LMOUSE;
3322 if ((button_state & this) == 0)
3323 return 0;
3325 button_state &= ~this;
3327 if (button_state & MMOUSE)
3329 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
3330 if ((button_state & other) == 0)
3332 msg = WM_MBUTTONUP;
3333 button_state &= ~MMOUSE;
3335 if (button_state) emacs_abort ();
3337 else
3338 return 0;
3340 else
3342 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
3343 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3345 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3348 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3349 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3350 signal_user_input ();
3352 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
3353 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3354 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3355 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3357 if (button_state == 0)
3358 ReleaseCapture ();
3360 return 0;
3362 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
3363 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
3364 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system)
3365 goto dflt;
3366 /* else fall through and process them. */
3367 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
3368 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
3369 handle_plain_button:
3371 BOOL up;
3372 int button;
3374 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
3375 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3376 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3377 return 0;
3379 if (parse_button (msg, HIWORD (wParam), &button, &up))
3381 if (up) ReleaseCapture ();
3382 else SetCapture (hwnd);
3383 button = (button == 0) ? LMOUSE :
3384 ((button == 1) ? MMOUSE : RMOUSE);
3385 if (up)
3386 button_state &= ~button;
3387 else
3388 button_state |= button;
3392 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3393 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3394 signal_user_input ();
3396 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
3397 to indicate that we processed the message. */
3398 return (msg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_XBUTTONUP);
3400 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
3401 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active. These
3402 movements are processed by the window manager anyway, and
3403 it's wrong to handle them as if they happened on the
3404 underlying frame. */
3405 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3406 if (f && f->output_data.w32->menubar_active)
3407 return 0;
3409 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
3410 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
3411 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
3412 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
3413 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
3414 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
3415 if (track_mouse_event_fn && !track_mouse_window
3416 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
3417 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
3418 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
3419 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
3420 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
3421 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
3422 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
3423 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
3424 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
3425 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
3426 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
3427 && !menubar_in_use)
3429 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme;
3430 tme.cbSize = sizeof (tme);
3431 tme.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
3432 tme.hwndTrack = hwnd;
3434 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme);
3435 track_mouse_window = hwnd;
3437 case WM_VSCROLL:
3438 if (w32_mouse_move_interval <= 0
3439 || (msg == WM_MOUSEMOVE && button_state == 0))
3441 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3442 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3443 return 0;
3446 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
3447 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
3448 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
3449 expires, we just replace the first message. */
3451 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd == 0)
3452 mouse_move_timer =
3453 SetTimer (hwnd, MOUSE_MOVE_ID,
3454 w32_mouse_move_interval, NULL);
3456 /* Hold onto message for now. */
3457 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = hwnd;
3458 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.message = msg;
3459 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.wParam = wParam;
3460 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.lParam = lParam;
3461 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.time = GetMessageTime ();
3462 saved_mouse_move_msg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3464 return 0;
3466 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
3467 case WM_DROPFILES:
3468 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3469 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3470 signal_user_input ();
3471 return 0;
3473 case WM_APPCOMMAND:
3474 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system)
3475 goto dflt;
3476 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
3477 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL:
3478 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3479 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3480 signal_user_input ();
3481 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
3482 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
3483 scroll bar events. */
3484 return 1;
3486 case WM_TIMER:
3487 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
3488 if (wParam == mouse_button_timer)
3490 if (saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd)
3492 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg);
3493 signal_user_input ();
3494 saved_mouse_button_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3496 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_button_timer);
3497 mouse_button_timer = 0;
3499 else if (wParam == mouse_move_timer)
3501 if (saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd)
3503 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg);
3504 saved_mouse_move_msg.msg.hwnd = 0;
3506 KillTimer (hwnd, mouse_move_timer);
3507 mouse_move_timer = 0;
3509 else if (wParam == menu_free_timer)
3511 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3512 menu_free_timer = 0;
3513 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3514 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
3515 if (menubar_in_use
3516 && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3518 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
3519 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd);
3520 if (f)
3521 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 0;
3522 menubar_in_use = 0;
3525 return 0;
3527 case WM_NCACTIVATE:
3528 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
3529 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
3530 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
3531 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
3532 keyboard modifiers' state. */
3533 reset_modifiers ();
3534 goto dflt;
3536 case WM_INITMENU:
3537 button_state = 0;
3538 ReleaseCapture ();
3539 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
3540 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
3541 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
3542 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
3543 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
3545 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
3546 loop that can process all other messages.
3548 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
3549 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
3550 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
3551 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
3552 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
3553 being active). */
3555 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3556 if (f
3557 && (f->output_data.w32->menubar_active
3558 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
3559 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
3560 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
3561 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
3562 had requested it to be turned off! */
3563 || f->output_data.w32->menubar_widget == NULL))
3564 return 0;
3567 deferred_msg msg_buf;
3569 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
3570 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
3571 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd, msg) != NULL)
3572 emacs_abort ();
3574 menubar_in_use = 1;
3576 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3579 case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
3580 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3582 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
3583 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
3584 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
3585 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
3586 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
3588 if (f && menubar_in_use && current_popup_menu == NULL)
3589 menu_free_timer = SetTimer (hwnd, MENU_FREE_ID, MENU_FREE_DELAY, NULL);
3591 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
3592 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3593 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3595 goto dflt;
3597 case WM_MENUSELECT:
3598 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
3599 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
3600 keyboard buffer. */
3602 HMENU menu = (HMENU) lParam;
3603 UINT menu_item = (UINT) LOWORD (wParam);
3604 UINT flags = (UINT) HIWORD (wParam);
3606 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd, menu, menu_item, flags);
3608 return 0;
3610 case WM_MEASUREITEM:
3611 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3612 if (f)
3614 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT * pMis = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3616 if (pMis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3618 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
3619 char * title = (char *) pMis->itemData;
3620 HDC hdc = GetDC (hwnd);
3621 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3622 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3623 HFONT old_font;
3624 SIZE size;
3626 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3627 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3628 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3629 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3631 pMis->itemHeight = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE);
3632 if (title)
3634 if (unicode_append_menu)
3635 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, (WCHAR *) title,
3636 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title),
3637 &size);
3638 else
3639 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc, title, strlen (title), &size);
3641 pMis->itemWidth = size.cx;
3642 if (pMis->itemHeight < size.cy)
3643 pMis->itemHeight = size.cy;
3645 else
3646 pMis->itemWidth = 0;
3648 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3649 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3650 ReleaseDC (hwnd, hdc);
3651 return TRUE;
3654 return 0;
3656 case WM_DRAWITEM:
3657 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3658 if (f)
3660 DRAWITEMSTRUCT * pDis = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *) lParam;
3662 if (pDis->CtlType == ODT_MENU)
3664 /* Draw popup menu title. */
3665 char * title = (char *) pDis->itemData;
3666 if (title)
3668 HDC hdc = pDis->hDC;
3669 HFONT menu_font = GetCurrentObject (hdc, OBJ_FONT);
3670 LOGFONT menu_logfont;
3671 HFONT old_font;
3673 GetObject (menu_font, sizeof (menu_logfont), &menu_logfont);
3674 menu_logfont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
3675 menu_font = CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont);
3676 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, menu_font);
3678 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
3679 if (unicode_append_menu)
3680 ExtTextOutW (hdc,
3681 pDis->rcItem.left
3682 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3683 pDis->rcItem.top,
3684 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3685 (WCHAR *) title,
3686 wcslen ((WCHAR *) title), NULL);
3687 else
3688 ExtTextOut (hdc,
3689 pDis->rcItem.left
3690 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK),
3691 pDis->rcItem.top,
3692 ETO_OPAQUE, &pDis->rcItem,
3693 title, strlen (title), NULL);
3695 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
3696 DeleteObject (menu_font);
3698 return TRUE;
3701 return 0;
3703 #if 0
3704 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
3705 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
3706 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
3707 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
3708 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
3709 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
3710 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
3711 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
3712 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT )
3713 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT;
3714 goto dflt;
3715 #endif
3717 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
3718 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
3719 track_mouse_window = NULL;
3721 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
3722 case WM_ACTIVATE:
3723 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
3724 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
3725 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
3726 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
3727 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3728 goto dflt;
3730 case WM_SETFOCUS:
3731 dpyinfo->faked_key = 0;
3732 reset_modifiers ();
3733 register_hot_keys (hwnd);
3734 goto command;
3735 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
3736 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd);
3737 button_state = 0;
3738 ReleaseCapture ();
3739 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
3740 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd)
3742 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3743 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3744 DestroyCaret ();
3746 goto command;
3747 case WM_COMMAND:
3748 menubar_in_use = 0;
3749 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3750 if (f && HIWORD (wParam) == 0)
3752 if (menu_free_timer)
3754 KillTimer (hwnd, menu_free_timer);
3755 menu_free_timer = 0;
3758 case WM_MOVE:
3759 case WM_SIZE:
3760 command:
3761 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3762 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3763 goto dflt;
3765 case WM_DESTROY:
3766 CoUninitialize ();
3767 return 0;
3769 case WM_CLOSE:
3770 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
3771 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
3772 return 0;
3774 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
3775 /* Don't restrict the sizing of tip frames. */
3776 if (hwnd == tip_window)
3777 return 0;
3779 /* Don't restrict the sizing of fullscreened frames, allowing them to be
3780 flush with the sides of the screen. */
3781 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3782 if (f && FRAME_PREV_FSMODE (f) != FULLSCREEN_NONE)
3783 return 0;
3786 WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
3787 LPWINDOWPOS lppos = (WINDOWPOS *) lParam;
3789 wp.length = sizeof (WINDOWPLACEMENT);
3790 GetWindowPlacement (hwnd, &wp);
3792 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMINIMIZED && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOSIZE) == 0)
3794 RECT rect;
3795 int wdiff;
3796 int hdiff;
3797 DWORD font_width;
3798 DWORD line_height;
3799 DWORD internal_border;
3800 DWORD scrollbar_extra;
3801 RECT wr;
3803 wp.length = sizeof (wp);
3804 GetWindowRect (hwnd, &wr);
3806 enter_crit ();
3808 font_width = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX);
3809 line_height = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX);
3810 internal_border = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_BORDER_INDEX);
3811 scrollbar_extra = GetWindowLong (hwnd, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX);
3813 leave_crit ();
3815 memset (&rect, 0, sizeof (rect));
3816 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, GetWindowLong (hwnd, GWL_STYLE),
3817 GetMenu (hwnd) != NULL);
3819 /* Force width and height of client area to be exact
3820 multiples of the character cell dimensions. */
3821 wdiff = (lppos->cx - (rect.right - rect.left)
3822 - 2 * internal_border - scrollbar_extra)
3823 % font_width;
3824 hdiff = (lppos->cy - (rect.bottom - rect.top)
3825 - 2 * internal_border)
3826 % line_height;
3828 if (wdiff || hdiff)
3830 /* For right/bottom sizing we can just fix the sizes.
3831 However for top/left sizing we will need to fix the X
3832 and Y positions as well. */
3834 int cx_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMINTRACK);
3835 int cy_mintrack = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMINTRACK);
3837 lppos->cx = max (lppos->cx - wdiff, cx_mintrack);
3838 lppos->cy = max (lppos->cy - hdiff, cy_mintrack);
3840 if (wp.showCmd != SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
3841 && (lppos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE) == 0)
3843 if (lppos->x != wr.left || lppos->y != wr.top)
3845 lppos->x += wdiff;
3846 lppos->y += hdiff;
3848 else
3850 lppos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE;
3854 return 0;
3859 goto dflt;
3861 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
3862 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
3863 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
3864 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.x = 32767;
3865 ((LPMINMAXINFO) lParam)->ptMaxTrackSize.y = 32767;
3866 return 0;
3868 case WM_SETCURSOR:
3869 if (LOWORD (lParam) == HTCLIENT)
3871 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3872 if (f && f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p
3873 && !menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
3874 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
3875 else if (f)
3876 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
3877 return 0;
3879 goto dflt;
3881 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR:
3883 Cursor cursor = (Cursor) wParam;
3884 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
3885 if (f && cursor)
3887 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = cursor;
3888 if (!f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p)
3889 SetCursor (cursor);
3891 return 0;
3894 case WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR:
3895 return (LRESULT) w32_createscrollbar ((struct frame *) wParam,
3896 (struct scroll_bar *) lParam);
3898 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW:
3899 return ShowWindow ((HWND) wParam, (WPARAM) lParam);
3901 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP:
3902 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND:
3904 HWND foreground_window;
3905 DWORD foreground_thread, retval;
3907 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
3908 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
3909 pull the focus away from it. */
3910 foreground_window = GetForegroundWindow ();
3911 foreground_thread = GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window, NULL);
3912 if (!foreground_window
3913 || foreground_thread == GetCurrentThreadId ()
3914 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3915 foreground_thread, TRUE))
3916 foreground_thread = 0;
3918 retval = SetForegroundWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3919 if (msg == WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP)
3920 retval = BringWindowToTop ((HWND) wParam);
3922 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
3923 if (foreground_thread)
3924 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
3925 foreground_thread, FALSE);
3927 return retval;
3930 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS:
3932 WINDOWPOS * pos = (WINDOWPOS *) wParam;
3933 return SetWindowPos (hwnd, pos->hwndInsertAfter,
3934 pos->x, pos->y, pos->cx, pos->cy, pos->flags);
3937 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW:
3938 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND) wParam, FALSE);
3939 return DestroyWindow ((HWND) wParam);
3941 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET:
3942 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3944 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET:
3945 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3947 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET:
3948 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3949 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3950 return DestroyCaret ();
3952 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET:
3953 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
3954 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd == NULL)
3956 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
3957 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
3958 w32_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3959 CreateCaret (hwnd, NULL, 0,
3960 w32_system_caret_height);
3963 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x, w32_system_caret_y))
3964 return 0;
3965 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
3966 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
3967 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd != hwnd)
3969 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = hwnd;
3970 return ShowCaret (hwnd);
3972 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
3973 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
3974 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd)
3976 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
3977 return HideCaret (hwnd);
3979 else
3980 return 1;
3982 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU:
3984 UINT flags;
3985 POINT *pos;
3986 int retval;
3987 pos = (POINT *)lParam;
3988 flags = TPM_CENTERALIGN;
3989 if (button_state & LMOUSE)
3990 flags |= TPM_LEFTBUTTON;
3991 else if (button_state & RMOUSE)
3992 flags |= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON;
3994 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
3995 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
3996 ReleaseCapture ();
3997 button_state = 0;
3999 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4000 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4001 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, hwnd);
4002 if (f)
4003 f->output_data.w32->menubar_active = 1;
4005 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU)wParam, flags, pos->x, pos->y,
4006 0, hwnd, NULL))
4008 MSG amsg;
4009 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4010 while (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_MOUSEFIRST, WM_MOUSELAST,
4011 PM_REMOVE));
4012 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4013 if (PeekMessage (&amsg, hwnd, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE))
4015 retval = LOWORD (amsg.wParam);
4017 else
4019 retval = 0;
4022 else
4024 retval = -1;
4027 return retval;
4029 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY:
4030 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4031 return 1;
4033 default:
4034 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
4035 if (msg == msh_mousewheel)
4037 wmsg.dwModifiers = w32_get_modifiers ();
4038 my_post_msg (&wmsg, hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4039 signal_user_input ();
4040 return 0;
4043 dflt:
4044 return (w32_unicode_gui ? DefWindowProcW : DefWindowProcA) (hwnd, msg, wParam, lParam);
4047 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
4048 return 0;
4051 static void
4052 my_create_window (struct frame * f)
4054 MSG msg;
4056 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW, (WPARAM)f, 0))
4057 emacs_abort ();
4058 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
4062 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
4063 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
4064 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
4065 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
4066 static void
4067 my_create_tip_window (struct frame *f)
4069 RECT rect;
4071 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
4072 rect.right = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
4073 rect.bottom = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
4075 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4076 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
4078 tip_window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f)
4079 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS,
4080 f->namebuf,
4081 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
4082 f->left_pos,
4083 f->top_pos,
4084 rect.right - rect.left,
4085 rect.bottom - rect.top,
4086 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
4087 NULL,
4088 hinst,
4089 NULL);
4091 if (tip_window)
4093 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f));
4094 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f));
4095 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f));
4096 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f));
4098 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
4099 SetWindowLong (tip_window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, 0);
4101 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
4102 ShowWindow (tip_window, SW_HIDE);
4107 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
4109 static void
4110 w32_window (struct frame *f, long window_prompting, int minibuffer_only)
4112 block_input ();
4114 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
4115 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
4116 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
4118 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
4119 f->namebuf = xstrdup (SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
4121 my_create_window (f);
4123 validate_x_resource_name ();
4125 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
4126 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
4127 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
4128 the server hasn't been told. */
4130 Lisp_Object name;
4131 int explicit = f->explicit_name;
4133 f->explicit_name = 0;
4134 name = f->name;
4135 fset_name (f, Qnil);
4136 x_set_name (f, name, explicit);
4139 unblock_input ();
4141 if (!minibuffer_only && FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f))
4142 initialize_frame_menubar (f);
4144 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
4145 error ("Unable to create window");
4148 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
4149 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
4150 well. */
4152 static void
4153 x_icon (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4155 Lisp_Object icon_x, icon_y;
4156 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
4158 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
4159 icons in the tray. */
4160 icon_x = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_left, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4161 icon_y = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qicon_top, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4162 if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) && !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4164 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x);
4165 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y);
4167 else if (!EQ (icon_x, Qunbound) || !EQ (icon_y, Qunbound))
4168 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
4170 block_input ();
4172 #if 0 /* TODO */
4173 /* Start up iconic or window? */
4174 x_wm_set_window_state
4175 (f, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL), Qicon)
4176 ? IconicState
4177 : NormalState));
4179 x_text_icon (f, SSDATA ((!NILP (f->icon_name)
4180 ? f->icon_name
4181 : f->name)));
4182 #endif
4184 unblock_input ();
4188 static void
4189 x_make_gc (struct frame *f)
4191 XGCValues gc_values;
4193 block_input ();
4195 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
4196 Note that many default values are used. */
4198 /* Normal video */
4199 gc_values.font = FRAME_FONT (f);
4201 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
4202 gc_values.foreground = FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f);
4203 gc_values.background = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
4204 f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc
4205 = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4206 (GCFont | GCForeground | GCBackground),
4207 &gc_values);
4209 /* Reliefs. */
4210 f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc = 0;
4211 f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc = 0;
4213 unblock_input ();
4217 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
4218 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
4219 constructed. */
4221 static Lisp_Object
4222 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4224 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4226 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
4227 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame, Vframe_list)))
4229 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4230 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4231 #endif
4233 x_free_frame_resources (f);
4234 free_glyphs (f);
4236 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4237 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
4238 eassert (dpyinfo->reference_count == dpyinfo_refcount);
4239 eassert (dpyinfo->terminal->image_cache->refcount == image_cache_refcount);
4240 #endif
4241 return Qt;
4244 return Qnil;
4247 static void
4248 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
4250 unwind_create_frame (frame);
4253 static void
4254 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame *f, Lisp_Object parms)
4256 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
4257 Lisp_Object font_param = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, NULL, NULL,
4258 RES_TYPE_STRING);
4259 Lisp_Object font;
4260 if (EQ (font_param, Qunbound))
4261 font_param = Qnil;
4262 font = !NILP (font_param) ? font_param
4263 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qfont, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4265 if (!STRINGP (font))
4267 int i;
4268 static char *names[]
4269 = { "Courier New-10",
4270 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4271 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
4272 "Fixedsys",
4273 NULL };
4275 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
4277 font = font_open_by_name (f, build_unibyte_string (names[i]));
4278 if (! NILP (font))
4279 break;
4281 if (NILP (font))
4282 error ("No suitable font was found");
4284 else if (!NILP (font_param))
4286 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
4287 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
4288 x_set_frame_parameters (f, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_param, font_param), Qnil));
4290 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont, font, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4293 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame, Sx_create_frame,
4294 1, 1, 0,
4295 doc: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
4296 Return an Emacs frame object.
4297 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
4298 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
4299 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
4300 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
4301 be shared by the new frame.
4303 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
4304 (Lisp_Object parameters)
4306 struct frame *f;
4307 Lisp_Object frame, tem;
4308 Lisp_Object name;
4309 int minibuffer_only = 0;
4310 long window_prompting = 0;
4311 int width, height;
4312 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
4313 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
4314 Lisp_Object display;
4315 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = NULL;
4316 Lisp_Object parent;
4317 struct kboard *kb;
4319 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
4320 storage now. */
4321 parameters = Fcopy_alist (parameters);
4323 /* Use this general default value to start with
4324 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
4325 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
4327 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qterminal, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4328 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4329 display = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qdisplay, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING);
4330 if (EQ (display, Qunbound))
4331 display = Qnil;
4332 dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4333 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
4335 if (!dpyinfo->terminal->name)
4336 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
4338 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4339 if (!STRINGP (name)
4340 && ! EQ (name, Qunbound)
4341 && ! NILP (name))
4342 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
4344 if (STRINGP (name))
4345 Vx_resource_name = name;
4347 /* See if parent window is specified. */
4348 parent = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qparent_id, NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4349 if (EQ (parent, Qunbound))
4350 parent = Qnil;
4351 if (! NILP (parent))
4352 CHECK_NUMBER (parent);
4354 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
4355 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
4356 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
4357 frame = Qnil;
4358 GCPRO4 (parameters, parent, name, frame);
4359 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qminibuffer, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
4360 RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4361 if (EQ (tem, Qnone) || NILP (tem))
4362 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil, kb, display);
4363 else if (EQ (tem, Qonly))
4365 f = make_minibuffer_frame ();
4366 minibuffer_only = 1;
4368 else if (WINDOWP (tem))
4369 f = make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem, kb, display);
4370 else
4371 f = make_frame (1);
4373 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
4375 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width. */
4376 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL);
4378 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
4380 f->output_method = output_w32;
4381 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
4382 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
4384 fset_icon_name
4385 (f, x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qicon_name, "iconName", "Title",
4386 RES_TYPE_STRING));
4387 if (! STRINGP (f->icon_name))
4388 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
4390 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
4392 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
4393 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame, frame);
4394 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
4395 image_cache_refcount =
4396 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
4397 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
4398 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
4400 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
4402 if (!NILP (parent))
4404 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = (Window) XFASTINT (parent);
4405 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 1;
4407 else
4409 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4410 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
4413 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
4414 be set. */
4415 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
4417 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
4418 f->explicit_name = 0;
4420 else
4422 fset_name (f, name);
4423 f->explicit_name = 1;
4424 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
4425 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
4428 if (uniscribe_available)
4429 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
4430 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
4432 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
4433 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4434 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
4435 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
4436 x_default_font_parameter (f, parameters);
4437 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
4438 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4440 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
4441 (which is what xterm calls it). */
4442 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parameters)))
4444 Lisp_Object value;
4446 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qinternal_border_width,
4447 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4448 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
4449 parameters = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
4450 parameters);
4452 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
4453 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (0),
4454 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4455 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qvertical_scroll_bars, Qright,
4456 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4458 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
4459 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
4460 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4461 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
4462 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4463 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
4464 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4465 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
4466 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4467 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscreen_gamma, Qnil,
4468 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT);
4469 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qline_spacing, Qnil,
4470 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4471 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qleft_fringe, Qnil,
4472 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4473 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qright_fringe, Qnil,
4474 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4476 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
4477 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
4478 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
4479 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
4480 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
4481 happen. */
4482 init_frame_faces (f);
4484 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
4485 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
4486 variables; ignore them here. */
4487 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qmenu_bar_lines,
4488 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode)
4489 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4490 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4491 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtool_bar_lines,
4492 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode)
4493 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
4494 NULL, NULL, RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4496 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qbuffer_predicate, Qnil,
4497 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4498 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qtitle, Qnil,
4499 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING);
4500 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qfullscreen, Qnil,
4501 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4503 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW;
4504 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
4506 f->output_data.w32->text_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM);
4507 f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4508 f->output_data.w32->modeline_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW);
4509 f->output_data.w32->hand_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND);
4510 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT);
4511 f->output_data.w32->horizontal_drag_cursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE);
4513 f->output_data.w32->current_cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
4515 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parameters, 1);
4517 tem = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qunsplittable, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4518 f->no_split = minibuffer_only || EQ (tem, Qt);
4520 w32_window (f, window_prompting, minibuffer_only);
4521 x_icon (f, parameters);
4523 x_make_gc (f);
4525 /* Now consider the frame official. */
4526 f->terminal->reference_count++;
4527 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
4528 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
4530 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
4531 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
4532 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qicon_type, Qnil,
4533 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4535 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
4536 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4537 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
4538 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
4539 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
4540 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4541 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qscroll_bar_width, Qnil,
4542 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4543 x_default_parameter (f, parameters, Qalpha, Qnil,
4544 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
4546 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via change_frame_size.
4547 Change will not be effected unless different from the current
4548 FRAME_LINES (f). */
4549 width = FRAME_COLS (f);
4550 height = FRAME_LINES (f);
4552 FRAME_LINES (f) = 0;
4553 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, 0);
4554 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 1, 0, 0);
4556 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
4557 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
4558 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
4559 block_input ();
4560 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, window_prompting, 0);
4561 unblock_input ();
4563 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
4564 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
4565 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
4566 if (! f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent)
4568 Lisp_Object visibility;
4570 visibility = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parameters, Qvisibility, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
4571 if (EQ (visibility, Qunbound))
4572 visibility = Qt;
4574 if (EQ (visibility, Qicon))
4575 x_iconify_frame (f);
4576 else if (! NILP (visibility))
4577 x_make_frame_visible (f);
4578 else
4579 /* Must have been Qnil. */
4583 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
4584 frame on this terminal. */
4585 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f)
4586 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame))
4587 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame)))))
4588 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb, frame);
4590 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
4591 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
4592 for (tem = parameters; CONSP (tem); tem = XCDR (tem))
4593 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem))))
4594 fset_param_alist (f, Fcons (XCAR (tem), f->param_alist));
4596 UNGCPRO;
4598 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
4599 and similar functions. */
4600 Vwindow_list = Qnil;
4602 return unbind_to (count, frame);
4605 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
4606 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
4607 know about that structure. */
4608 Lisp_Object
4609 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame *frame)
4611 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame);
4612 Lisp_Object xfocus;
4613 if (! dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
4614 return Qnil;
4616 XSETFRAME (xfocus, dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
4617 return xfocus;
4620 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p, Sxw_color_defined_p, 1, 2, 0,
4621 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
4622 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
4623 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4625 XColor foo;
4626 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4628 CHECK_STRING (color);
4630 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4631 return Qt;
4632 else
4633 return Qnil;
4636 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values, Sxw_color_values, 1, 2, 0,
4637 doc: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
4638 (Lisp_Object color, Lisp_Object frame)
4640 XColor foo;
4641 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
4643 CHECK_STRING (color);
4645 if (w32_defined_color (f, SDATA (color), &foo, 0))
4646 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetRValue (foo.pixel),
4647 (GetGValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetGValue (foo.pixel),
4648 (GetBValue (foo.pixel) << 8) | GetBValue (foo.pixel));
4649 else
4650 return Qnil;
4653 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p, Sxw_display_color_p, 0, 1, 0,
4654 doc: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
4655 (Lisp_Object display)
4657 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4659 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 2)
4660 return Qnil;
4662 return Qt;
4665 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p,
4666 Sx_display_grayscale_p, 0, 1, 0,
4667 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
4668 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
4669 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4670 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4671 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4672 (Lisp_Object display)
4674 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4676 if ((dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits) <= 1)
4677 return Qnil;
4679 return Qt;
4682 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width,
4683 Sx_display_pixel_width, 0, 1, 0,
4684 doc: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
4685 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4686 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4687 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4689 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
4690 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4691 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4692 (Lisp_Object display)
4694 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4696 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo));
4699 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height,
4700 Sx_display_pixel_height, 0, 1, 0,
4701 doc: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
4702 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4703 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4704 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4706 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
4707 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
4708 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4709 (Lisp_Object display)
4711 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4713 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo));
4716 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes, Sx_display_planes,
4717 0, 1, 0,
4718 doc: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
4719 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4720 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4721 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4722 (Lisp_Object display)
4724 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4726 return make_number (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits);
4729 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells, Sx_display_color_cells,
4730 0, 1, 0,
4731 doc: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
4732 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4733 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4734 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4735 (Lisp_Object display)
4737 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4738 int cap;
4740 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
4741 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
4742 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
4743 * anyway. */
4745 cap = 1 << min (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits, 24);
4746 return make_number (cap);
4749 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size,
4750 Sx_server_max_request_size,
4751 0, 1, 0,
4752 doc: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
4753 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4754 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4755 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4756 (Lisp_Object display)
4758 return make_number (1);
4761 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor, Sx_server_vendor, 0, 1, 0,
4762 doc: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the W32 system (Microsoft).
4763 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4764 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4765 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4766 (Lisp_Object display)
4768 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
4771 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version, Sx_server_version, 0, 1, 0,
4772 doc: /* Return the version numbers of the server of DISPLAY.
4773 The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor
4774 version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the distributor-specific
4775 release number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
4777 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4778 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4779 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4780 (Lisp_Object display)
4782 return list3i (w32_major_version, w32_minor_version, w32_build_number);
4785 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens, Sx_display_screens, 0, 1, 0,
4786 doc: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
4787 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4788 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4789 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4790 (Lisp_Object display)
4792 return make_number (1);
4795 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height,
4796 Sx_display_mm_height, 0, 1, 0,
4797 doc: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4798 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4799 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4800 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4802 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
4803 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
4804 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4805 (Lisp_Object display)
4807 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4808 HDC hdc;
4809 double mm_per_pixel;
4811 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4812 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
4813 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
4814 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4816 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4819 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width, Sx_display_mm_width, 0, 1, 0,
4820 doc: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
4821 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4822 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4823 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
4825 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
4826 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
4827 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
4828 (Lisp_Object display)
4830 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4831 HDC hdc;
4832 double mm_per_pixel;
4834 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
4835 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
4836 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
4837 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
4839 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo) * mm_per_pixel + 0.5);
4842 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store,
4843 Sx_display_backing_store, 0, 1, 0,
4844 doc: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
4845 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
4846 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4847 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4848 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4849 (Lisp_Object display)
4851 return intern ("not-useful");
4854 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class,
4855 Sx_display_visual_class, 0, 1, 0,
4856 doc: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
4857 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
4858 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
4860 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4861 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4862 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4863 (Lisp_Object display)
4865 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
4866 Lisp_Object result = Qnil;
4868 if (dpyinfo->has_palette)
4869 result = intern ("pseudo-color");
4870 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 1)
4871 result = intern ("static-grey");
4872 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits == 4)
4873 result = intern ("static-color");
4874 else if (dpyinfo->n_planes * dpyinfo->n_cbits > 8)
4875 result = intern ("true-color");
4877 return result;
4880 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under,
4881 Sx_display_save_under, 0, 1, 0,
4882 doc: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
4883 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
4884 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
4885 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
4886 (Lisp_Object display)
4888 return Qnil;
4891 static BOOL CALLBACK
4892 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor, HDC hdc, RECT *rcMonitor, LPARAM dwData)
4894 Lisp_Object *monitor_list = (Lisp_Object *) dwData;
4896 *monitor_list = Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor), *monitor_list);
4898 return TRUE;
4901 static Lisp_Object
4902 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
4904 Lisp_Object attributes_list = Qnil, primary_monitor_attributes = Qnil;
4905 Lisp_Object monitor_list = Qnil, monitor_frames, rest, frame;
4906 int i, n_monitors;
4907 HMONITOR *monitors;
4908 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
4910 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn && get_monitor_info_fn
4911 && monitor_from_window_fn))
4912 return Qnil;
4914 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL, NULL, w32_monitor_enum,
4915 (LPARAM) &monitor_list)
4916 || NILP (monitor_list))
4917 return Qnil;
4919 n_monitors = 0;
4920 for (rest = monitor_list; CONSP (rest); rest = XCDR (rest))
4921 n_monitors++;
4923 monitors = xmalloc (n_monitors * sizeof (*monitors));
4924 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4926 monitors[i] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list), 0);
4927 monitor_list = XCDR (monitor_list);
4930 monitor_frames = Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors), Qnil);
4931 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
4933 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
4935 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
4937 HMONITOR monitor =
4938 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
4939 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
4941 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4942 if (monitors[i] == monitor)
4943 break;
4945 if (i < n_monitors)
4946 ASET (monitor_frames, i, Fcons (frame, AREF (monitor_frames, i)));
4950 GCPRO3 (attributes_list, primary_monitor_attributes, monitor_frames);
4952 for (i = 0; i < n_monitors; i++)
4954 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, name, attributes = Qnil;
4955 HDC hdc;
4956 int width_mm, height_mm;
4957 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi;
4959 mi.cbSize = sizeof (mi);
4960 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors[i], (struct MONITOR_INFO *) &mi))
4961 continue;
4963 hdc = CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi.szDevice, NULL, NULL);
4964 if (hdc == NULL)
4965 continue;
4966 width_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE);
4967 height_mm = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE);
4968 DeleteDC (hdc);
4970 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, AREF (monitor_frames, i)),
4971 attributes);
4973 name = DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi.szDevice));
4975 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, name), attributes);
4977 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
4978 attributes);
4980 workarea = list4i (mi.rcWork.left, mi.rcWork.top,
4981 mi.rcWork.right - mi.rcWork.left,
4982 mi.rcWork.bottom - mi.rcWork.top);
4983 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
4985 geometry = list4i (mi.rcMonitor.left, mi.rcMonitor.top,
4986 mi.rcMonitor.right - mi.rcMonitor.left,
4987 mi.rcMonitor.bottom - mi.rcMonitor.top);
4988 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
4990 if (mi.dwFlags & MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY)
4991 primary_monitor_attributes = attributes;
4992 else
4993 attributes_list = Fcons (attributes, attributes_list);
4996 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes))
4997 attributes_list = Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes, attributes_list);
4999 UNGCPRO;
5001 xfree (monitors);
5003 return attributes_list;
5006 static Lisp_Object
5007 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo)
5009 Lisp_Object geometry, workarea, frames, rest, frame, attributes = Qnil;
5010 HDC hdc;
5011 double mm_per_pixel;
5012 int pixel_width, pixel_height, width_mm, height_mm;
5013 RECT workarea_rect;
5015 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
5016 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
5017 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
5018 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("combined screen")),
5019 attributes);
5021 frames = Qnil;
5022 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest, frame)
5024 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
5026 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && !EQ (frame, tip_frame))
5027 frames = Fcons (frame, frames);
5029 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qframes, frames), attributes);
5031 pixel_width = x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo);
5032 pixel_height = x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo);
5034 hdc = GetDC (NULL);
5035 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZSIZE)
5036 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES));
5037 width_mm = pixel_width * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5038 mm_per_pixel = ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTSIZE)
5039 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES));
5040 height_mm = pixel_height * mm_per_pixel + 0.5;
5041 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
5042 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size, list2i (width_mm, height_mm)),
5043 attributes);
5045 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
5046 we don't care. */
5047 geometry = list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN),
5048 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN),
5049 pixel_width, pixel_height);
5050 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &workarea_rect, 0))
5051 workarea = list4i (workarea_rect.left, workarea_rect.top,
5052 workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left,
5053 workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top);
5054 else
5055 workarea = geometry;
5056 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea, workarea), attributes);
5058 attributes = Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry, geometry), attributes);
5060 return list1 (attributes);
5063 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5064 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list,
5065 0, 1, 0,
5066 doc: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
5068 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5069 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5070 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5072 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
5073 (Lisp_Object display)
5075 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5076 Lisp_Object attributes_list;
5078 block_input ();
5079 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
5080 if (NILP (attributes_list))
5081 attributes_list = w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo);
5082 unblock_input ();
5084 return attributes_list;
5087 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep, Sset_message_beep, 1, 1, 0,
5088 doc: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
5089 SOUND is 'asterisk, 'exclamation, 'hand, 'question, 'ok, or 'silent
5090 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The 'silent sound
5091 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
5092 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
5093 (Lisp_Object sound)
5095 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound);
5097 if (NILP (sound))
5098 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5099 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("asterisk")))
5100 sound_type = MB_ICONASTERISK;
5101 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("exclamation")))
5102 sound_type = MB_ICONEXCLAMATION;
5103 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("hand")))
5104 sound_type = MB_ICONHAND;
5105 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("question")))
5106 sound_type = MB_ICONQUESTION;
5107 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("ok")))
5108 sound_type = MB_OK;
5109 else if (EQ (sound, intern ("silent")))
5110 sound_type = MB_EMACS_SILENT;
5111 else
5112 sound_type = 0xFFFFFFFF;
5114 return sound;
5118 x_screen_planes (register struct frame *f)
5120 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->n_planes;
5123 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
5124 Open a new connection if necessary. */
5126 struct w32_display_info *
5127 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name)
5129 Lisp_Object names;
5130 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5132 CHECK_STRING (name);
5134 for (dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info, names = w32_display_name_list;
5135 dpyinfo && !NILP (w32_display_name_list);
5136 dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next, names = XCDR (names))
5138 Lisp_Object tem;
5139 tem = Fstring_equal (XCAR (XCAR (names)), name);
5140 if (!NILP (tem))
5141 return dpyinfo;
5144 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5145 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5147 validate_x_resource_name ();
5149 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (name, (unsigned char *)0,
5150 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5152 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5153 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name));
5155 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5157 return dpyinfo;
5160 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection, Sx_open_connection,
5161 1, 3, 0, doc: /* Open a connection to a display server.
5162 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
5163 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
5164 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
5165 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
5166 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
5167 (Lisp_Object display, Lisp_Object xrm_string, Lisp_Object must_succeed)
5169 unsigned char *xrm_option;
5170 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5172 CHECK_STRING (display);
5174 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
5175 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
5176 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
5177 * want. */
5179 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display), "w32") != 0)
5180 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
5182 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
5183 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
5184 if (window_system_available (NULL))
5185 return Qnil;
5187 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5188 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string);
5190 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
5191 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
5193 Lisp_Object color_file;
5194 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5196 color_file = build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
5198 GCPRO1 (color_file);
5200 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file)))
5201 color_file =
5202 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
5203 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
5205 Vw32_color_map = Fx_load_color_file (color_file);
5207 UNGCPRO;
5209 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map))
5210 Vw32_color_map = w32_default_color_map ();
5212 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
5213 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map);
5215 if (! NILP (xrm_string))
5216 xrm_option = SDATA (xrm_string);
5217 else
5218 xrm_option = (unsigned char *) 0;
5220 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
5221 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
5223 char basename[ MAX_PATH ], *str;
5225 strcpy (basename, SDATA (Vinvocation_name));
5226 str = strrchr (basename, '.');
5227 if (str) *str = 0;
5228 Vinvocation_name = build_string (basename);
5230 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5232 validate_x_resource_name ();
5234 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
5235 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
5236 dpyinfo = w32_term_init (display, xrm_option,
5237 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name));
5239 if (dpyinfo == 0)
5241 if (!NILP (must_succeed))
5242 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
5243 SDATA (display));
5244 else
5245 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display));
5248 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version, w32_major_version);
5249 return Qnil;
5252 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection,
5253 Sx_close_connection, 1, 1, 0,
5254 doc: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
5255 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
5256 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5257 (Lisp_Object display)
5259 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = check_x_display_info (display);
5261 if (dpyinfo->reference_count > 0)
5262 error ("Display still has frames on it");
5264 block_input ();
5265 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo);
5267 x_delete_display (dpyinfo);
5268 unblock_input ();
5270 return Qnil;
5273 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list, Sx_display_list, 0, 0, 0,
5274 doc: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
5275 (void)
5277 Lisp_Object tail, result;
5279 result = Qnil;
5280 for (tail = w32_display_name_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
5281 result = Fcons (XCAR (XCAR (tail)), result);
5283 return result;
5286 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize, Sx_synchronize, 1, 2, 0,
5287 doc: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
5288 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
5289 defined but does nothing.
5291 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
5292 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
5293 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
5294 easier.
5295 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
5296 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5297 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5298 (Lisp_Object on, Lisp_Object display)
5300 return Qnil;
5305 /***********************************************************************
5306 Window properties
5307 ***********************************************************************/
5309 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
5311 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property,
5312 Sx_change_window_property, 2, 6, 0,
5313 doc: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
5314 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
5315 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
5316 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
5317 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
5318 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
5320 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5321 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
5322 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
5323 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
5324 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
5325 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
5326 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
5327 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
5328 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object value, Lisp_Object frame,
5329 Lisp_Object type, Lisp_Object format, Lisp_Object outer_p)
5331 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5332 Atom prop_atom;
5334 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5335 CHECK_STRING (value);
5337 block_input ();
5338 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5339 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5340 prop_atom, XA_STRING, 8, PropModeReplace,
5341 SDATA (value), SCHARS (value));
5343 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
5344 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5345 unblock_input ();
5347 return value;
5351 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property,
5352 Sx_delete_window_property, 1, 2, 0,
5353 doc: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
5354 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
5355 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame)
5357 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5358 Atom prop_atom;
5360 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5361 block_input ();
5362 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5363 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), prop_atom);
5365 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
5366 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f));
5367 unblock_input ();
5369 return prop;
5373 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property, Sx_window_property,
5374 1, 6, 0,
5375 doc: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
5376 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
5378 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
5379 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
5380 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
5381 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
5382 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
5383 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
5384 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
5386 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
5388 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
5389 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
5390 (Lisp_Object prop, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object type,
5391 Lisp_Object source, Lisp_Object delete_p, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p)
5393 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5394 Atom prop_atom;
5395 int rc;
5396 Lisp_Object prop_value = Qnil;
5397 char *tmp_data = NULL;
5398 Atom actual_type;
5399 int actual_format;
5400 unsigned long actual_size, bytes_remaining;
5402 CHECK_STRING (prop);
5403 block_input ();
5404 prop_atom = XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), SDATA (prop), False);
5405 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5406 prop_atom, 0, 0, False, XA_STRING,
5407 &actual_type, &actual_format, &actual_size,
5408 &bytes_remaining, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5409 if (rc == Success)
5411 int size = bytes_remaining;
5413 XFree (tmp_data);
5414 tmp_data = NULL;
5416 rc = XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
5417 prop_atom, 0, bytes_remaining,
5418 False, XA_STRING,
5419 &actual_type, &actual_format,
5420 &actual_size, &bytes_remaining,
5421 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data);
5422 if (rc == Success)
5423 prop_value = make_string (tmp_data, size);
5425 XFree (tmp_data);
5428 unblock_input ();
5430 return prop_value;
5432 return Qnil;
5435 #endif /* TODO */
5438 /***********************************************************************
5439 Busy cursor
5440 ***********************************************************************/
5442 void
5443 w32_note_current_window (void)
5445 struct frame * f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5447 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5448 return;
5450 hourglass_hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5453 void
5454 show_hourglass (struct atimer *timer)
5456 struct frame *f;
5458 hourglass_atimer = NULL;
5460 block_input ();
5461 f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5462 hourglass_hwnd);
5464 if (f)
5465 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5466 else
5467 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5469 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f))
5470 return;
5472 w32_show_hourglass (f);
5473 unblock_input ();
5476 void
5477 hide_hourglass (void)
5479 block_input ();
5480 w32_hide_hourglass ();
5481 unblock_input ();
5485 /* Display an hourglass cursor. Set the hourglass_p flag in display info
5486 to indicate that an hourglass cursor is shown. */
5488 static void
5489 w32_show_hourglass (struct frame *f)
5491 if (!hourglass_shown_p)
5493 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 1;
5494 if (!menubar_in_use && !current_popup_menu)
5495 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->hourglass_cursor);
5496 hourglass_shown_p = 1;
5501 /* Hide the hourglass cursor on all frames, if it is currently shown. */
5503 static void
5504 w32_hide_hourglass (void)
5506 if (hourglass_shown_p)
5508 struct frame *f = x_window_to_frame (&one_w32_display_info,
5509 hourglass_hwnd);
5510 if (f)
5511 f->output_data.w32->hourglass_p = 0;
5512 else
5513 /* If frame was deleted, restore to selected frame's cursor. */
5514 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5516 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
5517 SetCursor (f->output_data.w32->current_cursor);
5518 else
5519 /* No cursors on non GUI frames - restore to stock arrow cursor. */
5520 SetCursor (w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW));
5522 hourglass_shown_p = 0;
5528 /***********************************************************************
5529 Tool tips
5530 ***********************************************************************/
5532 static Lisp_Object x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *,
5533 Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object);
5534 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
5535 Lisp_Object, int, int, int *, int *);
5537 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
5539 Lisp_Object tip_frame;
5541 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
5542 fires. */
5544 Lisp_Object tip_timer;
5545 Window tip_window;
5547 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
5548 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
5550 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args;
5553 static void
5554 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame)
5556 Lisp_Object deleted;
5558 deleted = unwind_create_frame (frame);
5559 if (EQ (deleted, Qt))
5561 tip_window = NULL;
5562 tip_frame = Qnil;
5567 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
5568 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. TEXT is the string to
5569 display in the tip frame. Value is the frame.
5571 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
5572 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
5573 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
5574 when this happens. */
5576 static Lisp_Object
5577 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo,
5578 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object text)
5580 struct frame *f;
5581 Lisp_Object frame;
5582 Lisp_Object name;
5583 long window_prompting = 0;
5584 int width, height;
5585 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5586 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
5587 struct kboard *kb;
5588 int face_change_count_before = face_change_count;
5589 Lisp_Object buffer;
5590 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5592 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
5593 this frame has a specified name. */
5594 Vx_resource_name = Vinvocation_name;
5596 kb = dpyinfo->terminal->kboard;
5598 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
5599 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
5600 parms = Fcopy_alist (parms);
5602 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
5603 name = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qname, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5604 if (!STRINGP (name)
5605 && !EQ (name, Qunbound)
5606 && !NILP (name))
5607 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5608 Vx_resource_name = name;
5610 frame = Qnil;
5611 GCPRO3 (parms, name, frame);
5612 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
5613 f = make_frame (0);
5614 f->wants_modeline = 0;
5615 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
5617 buffer = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (" *tip*"));
5618 /* Use set_window_buffer instead of Fset_window_buffer (see
5619 discussion of bug#11984, bug#12025, bug#12026). */
5620 set_window_buffer (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), buffer, 0, 0);
5621 old_buffer = current_buffer;
5622 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5623 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
5624 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5625 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks, Qt);
5626 Ferase_buffer ();
5627 Finsert (1, &text);
5628 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
5630 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame, frame);
5632 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
5633 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
5634 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
5635 counts etc. */
5636 f->terminal = dpyinfo->terminal;
5637 f->output_method = output_w32;
5638 f->output_data.w32 = xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output));
5640 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
5641 fset_icon_name (f, Qnil);
5643 #ifdef GLYPH_DEBUG
5644 image_cache_refcount =
5645 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f)->refcount : 0;
5646 dpyinfo_refcount = dpyinfo->reference_count;
5647 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5648 FRAME_KBOARD (f) = kb;
5649 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5650 f->output_data.w32->explicit_parent = 0;
5652 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5653 be set. */
5654 if (EQ (name, Qunbound) || NILP (name))
5656 fset_name (f, build_string (dpyinfo->w32_id_name));
5657 f->explicit_name = 0;
5659 else
5661 fset_name (f, name);
5662 f->explicit_name = 1;
5663 /* use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5664 specbind (Qx_resource_name, name);
5667 if (uniscribe_available)
5668 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver, f);
5669 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver, f);
5671 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qfont_backend, Qnil,
5672 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5674 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5675 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5676 x_default_font_parameter (f, parms);
5678 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_width, make_number (2),
5679 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5680 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
5681 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
5682 it). */
5683 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
5685 Lisp_Object value;
5687 value = x_get_arg (dpyinfo, parms, Qinternal_border_width,
5688 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5689 if (! EQ (value, Qunbound))
5690 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, value),
5691 parms);
5693 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qinternal_border_width, make_number (1),
5694 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
5695 RES_TYPE_NUMBER);
5697 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5698 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qforeground_color, build_string ("black"),
5699 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5700 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qbackground_color, build_string ("white"),
5701 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5702 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qmouse_color, build_string ("black"),
5703 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5704 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_color, build_string ("black"),
5705 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5706 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qborder_color, build_string ("black"),
5707 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING);
5709 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for scroll-bar
5710 parameters because that function calls x_set_scroll_bar_width,
5711 which calls change_frame_size, which calls Fset_window_buffer,
5712 which runs hooks, which call Fvertical_motion. At the end, we
5713 end up in init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not
5714 happen. */
5715 init_frame_faces (f);
5717 f->output_data.w32->dwStyle = WS_BORDER | WS_POPUP | WS_DISABLED;
5718 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc = FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window;
5720 window_prompting = x_figure_window_size (f, parms, 0);
5722 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
5723 f->fringe_cols = 0;
5724 f->left_fringe_width = 0;
5725 f->right_fringe_width = 0;
5727 block_input ();
5728 my_create_tip_window (f);
5729 unblock_input ();
5731 x_make_gc (f);
5733 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_raise, Qnil,
5734 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5735 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qauto_lower, Qnil,
5736 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
5737 x_default_parameter (f, parms, Qcursor_type, Qbox,
5738 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL);
5740 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via change_frame_size.
5741 Change will not be effected unless different from the current
5742 FRAME_LINES (f). */
5743 width = FRAME_COLS (f);
5744 height = FRAME_LINES (f);
5745 FRAME_LINES (f) = 0;
5746 SET_FRAME_COLS (f, 0);
5747 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 1, 0, 0);
5749 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
5750 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame, Qtooltip)))
5751 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip, Qt), Qnil));
5753 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
5754 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
5756 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
5757 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
5758 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
5759 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
5760 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
5762 Lisp_Object bg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color);
5763 Lisp_Object fg = Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color);
5764 Lisp_Object colors = Qnil;
5766 /* Set tip_frame here, so that */
5767 tip_frame = frame;
5768 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default, frame, Qnil);
5770 if (!EQ (bg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qbackground_color)))
5771 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, bg), colors);
5772 if (!EQ (fg, Fframe_parameter (frame, Qforeground_color)))
5773 colors = Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color, fg), colors);
5775 if (!NILP (colors))
5776 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame, colors);
5779 f->no_split = 1;
5781 UNGCPRO;
5783 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
5784 its display. */
5785 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->reference_count++;
5786 f->terminal->reference_count++;
5788 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
5789 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
5790 visible won't work. */
5791 Vframe_list = Fcons (frame, Vframe_list);
5793 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
5794 and similar will increment face_change_count, which leads to the
5795 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
5796 here, avoid it by resetting face_change_count to the value it
5797 had before we created the tip frame. */
5798 face_change_count = face_change_count_before;
5800 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
5801 return unbind_to (count, frame);
5805 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
5806 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
5807 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
5808 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
5809 the display in *ROOT_X, and *ROOT_Y. */
5811 static void
5812 compute_tip_xy (struct frame *f,
5813 Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy,
5814 int width, int height, int *root_x, int *root_y)
5816 Lisp_Object left, top;
5817 int min_x, min_y, max_x, max_y;
5819 /* User-specified position? */
5820 left = Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft, parms));
5821 top = Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop, parms));
5823 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
5824 show it. */
5825 if (!INTEGERP (left) || !INTEGERP (top))
5827 POINT pt;
5829 /* Default min and max values. */
5830 min_x = 0;
5831 min_y = 0;
5832 max_x = x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5833 max_y = x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f));
5835 block_input ();
5836 GetCursorPos (&pt);
5837 *root_x = pt.x;
5838 *root_y = pt.y;
5839 unblock_input ();
5841 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
5842 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
5843 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
5844 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
5845 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
5846 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
5847 if (monitor_from_point_fn && get_monitor_info_fn)
5849 struct MONITOR_INFO info;
5850 HMONITOR monitor
5851 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST);
5852 info.cbSize = sizeof (info);
5854 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor, &info))
5856 min_x = info.rcWork.left;
5857 min_y = info.rcWork.top;
5858 max_x = info.rcWork.right;
5859 max_y = info.rcWork.bottom;
5864 if (INTEGERP (top))
5865 *root_y = XINT (top);
5866 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) <= min_y)
5867 *root_y = min_y; /* Can happen for negative dy */
5868 else if (*root_y + XINT (dy) + height <= max_y)
5869 /* It fits below the pointer */
5870 *root_y += XINT (dy);
5871 else if (height + XINT (dy) + min_y <= *root_y)
5872 /* It fits above the pointer. */
5873 *root_y -= height + XINT (dy);
5874 else
5875 /* Put it on the top. */
5876 *root_y = min_y;
5878 if (INTEGERP (left))
5879 *root_x = XINT (left);
5880 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) <= min_x)
5881 *root_x = 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
5882 else if (*root_x + XINT (dx) + width <= max_x)
5883 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
5884 *root_x += XINT (dx);
5885 else if (width + XINT (dx) + min_x <= *root_x)
5886 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
5887 *root_x -= width + XINT (dx);
5888 else
5889 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
5890 *root_x = min_x;
5894 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip, Sx_show_tip, 1, 6, 0,
5895 doc: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
5896 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
5898 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
5900 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
5902 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
5903 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
5905 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
5906 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
5908 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
5909 the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is
5910 displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if
5911 DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame
5912 parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip
5913 window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset
5914 DY added (default is -10).
5916 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
5917 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
5918 (Lisp_Object string, Lisp_Object frame, Lisp_Object parms, Lisp_Object timeout, Lisp_Object dx, Lisp_Object dy)
5920 struct frame *f;
5921 struct window *w;
5922 int root_x, root_y;
5923 struct buffer *old_buffer;
5924 struct text_pos pos;
5925 int i, width, height, seen_reversed_p;
5926 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5927 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5928 ptrdiff_t count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5930 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
5932 GCPRO4 (string, parms, frame, timeout);
5934 CHECK_STRING (string);
5935 f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
5936 if (NILP (timeout))
5937 timeout = make_number (5);
5938 else
5939 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout);
5941 if (NILP (dx))
5942 dx = make_number (5);
5943 else
5944 CHECK_NUMBER (dx);
5946 if (NILP (dy))
5947 dy = make_number (-10);
5948 else
5949 CHECK_NUMBER (dy);
5951 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args))
5952 last_show_tip_args = Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil);
5954 if (!NILP (tip_frame))
5956 Lisp_Object last_string = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 0);
5957 Lisp_Object last_frame = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 1);
5958 Lisp_Object last_parms = AREF (last_show_tip_args, 2);
5960 if (EQ (frame, last_frame)
5961 && !NILP (Fequal (last_string, string))
5962 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms, parms)))
5964 struct frame *f = XFRAME (tip_frame);
5966 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
5967 if (!NILP (tip_timer))
5969 Lisp_Object timer = tip_timer;
5970 tip_timer = Qnil;
5971 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
5974 block_input ();
5975 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f),
5976 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), &root_x, &root_y);
5978 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
5979 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
5980 root_x, root_y, 0, 0,
5981 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
5983 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
5984 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
5985 0, 0, 0, 0,
5986 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
5988 unblock_input ();
5989 goto start_timer;
5993 /* Hide a previous tip, if any. */
5994 Fx_hide_tip ();
5996 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 0, string);
5997 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 1, frame);
5998 ASET (last_show_tip_args, 2, parms);
6000 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
6001 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname, parms)))
6002 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qname, build_string ("tooltip")), parms);
6003 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width, parms)))
6004 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width, make_number (3)), parms);
6005 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width, parms)))
6006 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width, make_number (1)), parms);
6007 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color, parms)))
6008 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms);
6009 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color, parms)))
6010 parms = Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color, build_string ("lightyellow")),
6011 parms);
6013 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
6014 when drawing tips in menus. */
6015 block_input ();
6017 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
6018 variable tip_frame. */
6019 frame = x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f), parms, string);
6020 f = XFRAME (frame);
6022 /* Set up the frame's root window. */
6023 w = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6024 w->left_col = 0;
6025 w->top_line = 0;
6027 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size)
6028 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6029 && XINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0
6030 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size))
6031 && XINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size)) > 0)
6033 w->total_cols = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6034 w->total_lines = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size));
6036 else
6038 w->total_cols = 80;
6039 w->total_lines = 40;
6042 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w);
6043 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6044 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6046 /* Display the tooltip text in a temporary buffer. */
6047 old_buffer = current_buffer;
6048 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f))->contents));
6049 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer, Qnil);
6050 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6051 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6052 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6053 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6055 /* Compute width and height of the tooltip. */
6056 width = height = seen_reversed_p = 0;
6057 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6059 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6060 struct glyph *last;
6061 int row_width;
6063 /* Stop at the first empty row at the end. */
6064 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6065 break;
6067 /* Let the row go over the full width of the frame. */
6068 row->full_width_p = 1;
6070 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6071 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
6073 if (!row->reversed_p)
6075 /* There's a glyph at the end of rows that is used to
6076 place the cursor there. Don't include the width of
6077 this glyph. */
6078 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6079 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6080 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6082 else
6084 /* There could be a stretch glyph at the beginning of R2L
6085 rows that is produced by extend_face_to_end_of_line.
6086 Don't count that glyph. */
6087 struct glyph *g = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6089 if (g->type == STRETCH_GLYPH && INTEGERP (g->object))
6091 row_width -= g->pixel_width;
6092 seen_reversed_p = 1;
6097 height += row->height;
6098 width = max (width, row_width);
6101 /* If we've seen partial-length R2L rows, we need to re-adjust the
6102 tool-tip frame width and redisplay it again, to avoid over-wide
6103 tips due to the stretch glyph that extends R2L lines to full
6104 width of the frame. */
6105 if (seen_reversed_p)
6107 /* w->total_cols and FRAME_TOTAL_COLS want the width in columns,
6108 not in pixels. */
6109 width /= WINDOW_FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (w);
6110 w->total_cols = width;
6111 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (f) = width;
6112 adjust_frame_glyphs (f);
6113 w->pseudo_window_p = 1;
6114 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6115 clear_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix);
6116 try_window (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), pos, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE);
6117 width = height = 0;
6118 /* Recompute width and height of the tooltip. */
6119 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6121 struct glyph_row *row = &w->desired_matrix->rows[i];
6122 struct glyph *last;
6123 int row_width;
6125 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
6126 break;
6127 row->full_width_p = 1;
6128 row_width = row->pixel_width;
6129 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA] && !row->reversed_p)
6131 last = &row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1];
6132 if (INTEGERP (last->object))
6133 row_width -= last->pixel_width;
6136 height += row->height;
6137 width = max (width, row_width);
6141 /* Round up the height to an integral multiple of FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT. */
6142 if (height % FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) != 0)
6143 height += FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f) - height % FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f);
6144 /* Add the frame's internal border to the width and height the w32
6145 window should have. */
6146 height += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6147 width += 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
6149 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6150 show it. */
6151 compute_tip_xy (f, parms, dx, dy, width, height, &root_x, &root_y);
6154 /* Adjust Window size to take border into account. */
6155 RECT rect;
6156 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
6157 rect.right = width;
6158 rect.bottom = height;
6159 AdjustWindowRect (&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
6160 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
6162 /* Position and size tooltip, and put it in the topmost group.
6163 The add-on of FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH to the 5th argument is a
6164 peculiarity of w32 display: without it, some fonts cause the
6165 last character of the tip to be truncated or wrapped around to
6166 the next line. */
6167 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOPMOST,
6168 root_x, root_y,
6169 rect.right - rect.left + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f),
6170 rect.bottom - rect.top, SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6172 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6173 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), HWND_TOP,
6174 0, 0, 0, 0,
6175 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
6177 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6178 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f, 1);
6180 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE);
6183 /* Draw into the window. */
6184 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6185 update_single_window (w, 1);
6187 unblock_input ();
6189 /* Restore original current buffer. */
6190 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
6191 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
6193 start_timer:
6194 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
6195 tip_timer = call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout, Qnil,
6196 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
6198 UNGCPRO;
6199 return unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6203 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip, Sx_hide_tip, 0, 0, 0,
6204 doc: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
6205 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
6206 (void)
6208 ptrdiff_t count;
6209 Lisp_Object deleted, frame, timer;
6210 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6212 /* Return quickly if nothing to do. */
6213 if (NILP (tip_timer) && NILP (tip_frame))
6214 return Qnil;
6216 frame = tip_frame;
6217 timer = tip_timer;
6218 GCPRO2 (frame, timer);
6219 tip_frame = tip_timer = deleted = Qnil;
6221 count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6222 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6223 specbind (Qinhibit_quit, Qt);
6225 if (!NILP (timer))
6226 call1 (Qcancel_timer, timer);
6228 if (FRAMEP (frame))
6230 delete_frame (frame, Qnil);
6231 deleted = Qt;
6234 UNGCPRO;
6235 return unbind_to (count, deleted);
6238 /***********************************************************************
6239 File selection dialog
6240 ***********************************************************************/
6242 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
6243 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
6244 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
6246 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
6247 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
6248 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
6249 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
6250 dialog does not support directories. */
6251 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
6252 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
6254 if (msg == WM_NOTIFY)
6256 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6257 OFNOTIFYW * notify = (OFNOTIFYW *)lParam;
6258 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6259 OFNOTIFYA * notify = (OFNOTIFYA *)lParam;
6260 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6261 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
6262 if (notify->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE
6263 || notify->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE)
6265 HWND dialog = GetParent (hwnd);
6266 HWND edit_control = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD);
6267 HWND list = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_LIST);
6269 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
6270 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
6271 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
6272 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
6273 if (edit_control == NULL)
6275 HWND tmp = GetDlgItem (dialog, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX);
6276 if (tmp)
6278 tmp = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6279 if (tmp)
6280 edit_control = GetWindow (tmp, GW_CHILD);
6284 /* Directories is in index 2. */
6285 if (notify->lpOFN->nFilterIndex == 2)
6287 CommDlg_OpenSave_SetControlText (dialog, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6288 GUISTR ("Current Directory"));
6289 EnableWindow (edit_control, FALSE);
6290 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
6291 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
6292 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
6293 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
6294 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
6295 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
6296 if (notify->hdr.code == CDN_INITDONE)
6297 SetFocus (list);
6299 else
6301 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
6302 if (notify->hdr.code == CDN_TYPECHANGE)
6303 CommDlg_OpenSave_SetControlText (dialog,
6304 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD,
6305 GUISTR (""));
6306 EnableWindow (edit_control, TRUE);
6310 return 0;
6313 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog, Sx_file_dialog, 2, 5, 0,
6314 doc: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
6315 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
6316 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
6317 or directory must exist.
6319 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
6320 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
6321 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories. */)
6322 (Lisp_Object prompt, Lisp_Object dir, Lisp_Object default_filename, Lisp_Object mustmatch, Lisp_Object only_dir_p)
6324 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
6325 static const guichar_t filter[] =
6326 GUISTR ("All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0");
6328 Lisp_Object filename = default_filename;
6329 struct frame *f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6330 BOOL file_opened = FALSE;
6331 Lisp_Object orig_dir = dir;
6332 Lisp_Object orig_prompt = prompt;
6334 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
6335 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
6336 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
6337 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
6338 struct {
6339 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6340 OPENFILENAMEW details;
6341 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6342 OPENFILENAMEA details;
6343 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6345 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
6346 PVOID pvReserved;
6347 DWORD dwReserved;
6348 DWORD FlagsEx;
6349 #endif /* < win2k */
6350 } new_file_details;
6352 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6353 wchar_t filename_buf[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
6354 OPENFILENAMEW * file_details = &new_file_details.details;
6355 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
6356 char filename_buf[MAX_PATH + 1];
6357 OPENFILENAMEA * file_details = &new_file_details.details;
6358 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6360 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4, gcpro5, gcpro6;
6361 GCPRO6 (prompt, dir, default_filename, mustmatch, only_dir_p, filename);
6364 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6365 GCPRO2 (orig_dir, orig_prompt); /* There is no GCPRON, N>6. */
6367 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
6368 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
6369 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
6370 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
6372 CHECK_STRING (prompt);
6373 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6375 dir = Fexpand_file_name (dir, Qnil);
6377 if (STRINGP (filename))
6378 filename = Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename);
6379 else
6380 filename = empty_unibyte_string;
6382 #ifdef CYGWIN
6383 dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir, Qt);
6384 if (SCHARS (filename) > 0)
6385 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename, Qnil);
6386 #endif
6388 CHECK_STRING (dir);
6389 CHECK_STRING (filename);
6391 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
6392 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
6393 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
6394 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
6395 if (SCHARS (filename) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p))
6396 filename = build_string ("Current Directory");
6398 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
6399 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6400 to_unicode (prompt, &prompt);
6401 to_unicode (dir, &dir);
6402 to_unicode (filename, &filename);
6403 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6404 prompt = ENCODE_FILE (prompt);
6405 dir = ENCODE_FILE (dir);
6406 filename = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6408 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
6409 dir = Fcopy_sequence (dir);
6410 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (dir));
6411 filename = Fcopy_sequence (filename);
6412 unixtodos_filename (SDATA (filename));
6413 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6415 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
6416 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
6417 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
6418 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
6419 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
6420 version. */
6421 memset (&new_file_details, 0, sizeof (new_file_details));
6423 if (w32_major_version > 4 && w32_major_version < 95)
6424 file_details->lStructSize = sizeof (new_file_details);
6425 else
6426 file_details->lStructSize = sizeof (*file_details);
6428 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
6429 if (SBYTES (filename) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf))
6430 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename);
6432 memcpy (filename_buf, SDATA (filename), SBYTES (filename) + 1);
6433 file_details->lpstrFile = filename_buf;
6434 file_details->nMaxFile = sizeof (filename_buf) / sizeof (*filename_buf);
6436 file_details->hwndOwner = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
6437 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
6438 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
6439 file_details->lpstrFilter = filter;
6440 file_details->lpstrInitialDir = (guichar_t*) SDATA (dir);
6441 file_details->lpstrTitle = (guichar_t*) SDATA (prompt);
6442 file_details->nFilterIndex = NILP (only_dir_p) ? 1 : 2;
6443 file_details->Flags = (OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
6444 | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK);
6446 if (!NILP (mustmatch))
6448 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
6449 file_details->Flags |= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST;
6450 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
6451 if (NILP (only_dir_p))
6452 file_details->Flags |= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST;
6456 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6457 /* Prevent redisplay. */
6458 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
6459 block_input ();
6460 file_details->lpfnHook = file_dialog_callback;
6462 file_opened = GUI_FN (GetOpenFileName) (file_details);
6463 unblock_input ();
6464 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6467 if (file_opened)
6469 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
6470 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
6471 filename = from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf);
6472 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
6473 dostounix_filename (filename_buf, 0);
6474 filename = DECODE_FILE (build_string (filename_buf));
6475 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
6477 #ifdef CYGWIN
6478 filename = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename, Qt);
6479 #endif /* CYGWIN */
6481 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
6482 added it to select a directory. */
6483 if (file_details->nFilterIndex == 2)
6485 filename = Ffile_name_directory (filename);
6488 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
6489 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
6490 filename = Qnil;
6491 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
6492 else
6493 filename = Fcompleting_read (
6494 orig_prompt,
6495 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
6496 orig_dir,
6497 mustmatch,
6498 orig_dir,
6499 Qfile_name_history,
6500 default_filename,
6501 Qnil);
6503 UNGCPRO;
6506 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
6507 if (NILP (filename))
6508 Fsignal (Qquit, Qnil);
6510 RETURN_UNGCPRO (filename);
6514 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
6515 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
6516 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
6517 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash,
6518 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash, 1, 1, 0,
6519 doc: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
6520 (Lisp_Object filename)
6522 Lisp_Object handler;
6523 Lisp_Object encoded_file;
6524 Lisp_Object operation;
6526 operation = Qdelete_file;
6527 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename))
6528 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename)))
6530 operation = intern ("delete-directory");
6531 filename = Fdirectory_file_name (filename);
6533 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
6535 handler = Ffind_file_name_handler (filename, operation);
6536 if (!NILP (handler))
6537 return call2 (handler, operation, filename);
6539 encoded_file = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
6542 const char * path;
6543 SHFILEOPSTRUCT file_op;
6544 char tmp_path[MAX_PATH + 1];
6546 path = map_w32_filename (SDATA (encoded_file), NULL);
6548 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
6549 _chmod (path, 0666);
6551 memset (tmp_path, 0, sizeof (tmp_path));
6552 strcpy (tmp_path, path);
6554 memset (&file_op, 0, sizeof (file_op));
6555 file_op.hwnd = HWND_DESKTOP;
6556 file_op.wFunc = FO_DELETE;
6557 file_op.pFrom = tmp_path;
6558 file_op.fFlags = FOF_SILENT | FOF_NOCONFIRMATION | FOF_ALLOWUNDO
6559 | FOF_NOERRORUI | FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS;
6560 file_op.fAnyOperationsAborted = FALSE;
6562 if (SHFileOperation (&file_op) != 0)
6563 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename));
6565 return Qnil;
6568 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
6571 /***********************************************************************
6572 w32 specialized functions
6573 ***********************************************************************/
6575 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command,
6576 Sw32_send_sys_command, 1, 2, 0,
6577 doc: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
6578 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
6579 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
6580 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
6581 screen saver if defined.
6583 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
6584 (Lisp_Object command, Lisp_Object frame)
6586 struct frame *f = decode_window_system_frame (frame);
6588 CHECK_NUMBER (command);
6590 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, XINT (command), 0);
6592 return Qnil;
6595 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute, Sw32_shell_execute, 2, 4, 0,
6596 doc: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
6597 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
6598 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
6600 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
6601 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
6602 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
6603 operations:
6605 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
6606 executable program. If it is an application, that
6607 application is launched in the current buffer's default
6608 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
6609 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
6610 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file
6611 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT
6612 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
6613 editor is launched depends on the association for the
6614 specified DOCUMENT
6615 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT which must specify
6616 a directory
6617 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
6618 not defined or unavailable
6620 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
6621 also be a program executable to run, or a directory to open in the
6622 Windows Explorer.
6624 If DOCUMENT is a program executable, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
6625 can be a string containing command line parameters that will be passed
6626 to the program; otherwise, PARAMETERS should be nil or unspecified.
6628 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
6629 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
6630 or unspecified, the application is displayed normally, otherwise it is
6631 an integer representing a ShowWindow flag:
6633 0 - start hidden
6634 1 - start normally
6635 3 - start maximized
6636 6 - start minimized */)
6637 (Lisp_Object operation, Lisp_Object document, Lisp_Object parameters, Lisp_Object show_flag)
6639 Lisp_Object current_dir;
6640 char *errstr;
6642 CHECK_STRING (document);
6644 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
6645 current_dir = BVAR (current_buffer, directory);
6647 #ifdef CYGWIN
6648 current_dir = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir, Qt);
6649 if (STRINGP (document))
6650 document = Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document, Qt);
6651 #endif /* CYGWIN */
6653 current_dir = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir);
6654 if (STRINGP (document))
6655 document = GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document);
6656 if (STRINGP (parameters))
6657 parameters = GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters);
6659 if ((int) GUI_FN (ShellExecute) (NULL,
6660 (STRINGP (operation) ?
6661 GUI_SDATA (operation) : NULL),
6662 GUI_SDATA (document),
6663 (STRINGP (parameters) ?
6664 GUI_SDATA (parameters) : NULL),
6665 GUI_SDATA (current_dir),
6666 (INTEGERP (show_flag) ?
6667 XINT (show_flag) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT))
6668 > 32)
6669 return Qt;
6670 errstr = w32_strerror (0);
6671 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
6672 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system))
6674 Lisp_Object decoded =
6675 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr),
6676 Vlocale_coding_system, 0);
6677 errstr = SSDATA (decoded);
6679 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr);
6682 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
6683 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
6684 lispy_function_keys. */
6685 static int
6686 lookup_vk_code (char *key)
6688 int i;
6690 for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
6691 if (lispy_function_keys[i]
6692 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys[i], key) == 0)
6693 return i;
6695 return -1;
6698 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
6699 definition. */
6700 static Lisp_Object
6701 w32_parse_hot_key (Lisp_Object key)
6703 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
6704 register Lisp_Object c;
6705 int vk_code;
6706 int lisp_modifiers;
6707 int w32_modifiers;
6708 struct gcpro gcpro1;
6710 CHECK_VECTOR (key);
6712 if (ASIZE (key) != 1)
6713 return Qnil;
6715 GCPRO1 (key);
6717 c = AREF (key, 0);
6719 if (CONSP (c) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c))
6720 c = Fevent_convert_list (c);
6722 UNGCPRO;
6724 if (! INTEGERP (c) && ! SYMBOLP (c))
6725 error ("Key definition is invalid");
6727 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
6728 if (SYMBOLP (c))
6730 c = parse_modifiers (c);
6731 lisp_modifiers = XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c)));
6732 c = Fcar (c);
6733 if (!SYMBOLP (c))
6734 emacs_abort ();
6735 vk_code = lookup_vk_code (SDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c)));
6737 else if (INTEGERP (c))
6739 lisp_modifiers = XINT (c) & ~CHARACTERBITS;
6740 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
6741 vk_code = XINT (c) & CHARACTERBITS;
6744 if (vk_code < 0 || vk_code > 255)
6745 return Qnil;
6747 if ((lisp_modifiers & meta_modifier) != 0
6748 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta))
6749 lisp_modifiers |= alt_modifier;
6751 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
6752 #ifndef MOD_ALT
6753 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
6754 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
6755 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
6756 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
6757 #endif
6759 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
6760 w32_modifiers = (lisp_modifiers & hyper_modifier) ? MOD_WIN : 0;
6761 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & alt_modifier) ? MOD_ALT : 0;
6762 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & ctrl_modifier) ? MOD_CONTROL : 0;
6763 w32_modifiers |= (lisp_modifiers & shift_modifier) ? MOD_SHIFT : 0;
6765 return HOTKEY (vk_code, w32_modifiers);
6768 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key,
6769 Sw32_register_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
6770 doc: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
6771 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab are reserved for system use on
6772 Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the system. However,
6773 most of these key combinations can be received by registering them as
6774 hot-keys, overriding their special meaning.
6776 KEY must be a one element key definition in vector form that would be
6777 acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for Alt-Tab). The meta
6778 modifier is interpreted as Alt if `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper
6779 is always interpreted as the Windows modifier keys.
6781 The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil. */)
6782 (Lisp_Object key)
6784 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
6786 if (!NILP (key) && NILP (Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys)))
6788 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
6789 Lisp_Object item = Fmemq (Qnil, w32_grabbed_keys);
6791 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
6792 if (NILP (item))
6793 w32_grabbed_keys = Fcons (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
6794 else
6795 XSETCAR (item, key);
6797 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
6798 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
6799 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY,
6800 (WPARAM) XLI (key), 0);
6803 return key;
6806 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key,
6807 Sw32_unregister_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
6808 doc: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
6809 (Lisp_Object key)
6811 Lisp_Object item;
6813 if (!INTEGERP (key))
6814 key = w32_parse_hot_key (key);
6816 item = Fmemq (key, w32_grabbed_keys);
6818 if (!NILP (item))
6820 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
6821 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
6822 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY,
6823 (WPARAM) XINT (XCAR (item)), (LPARAM) XLI (item)))
6825 MSG msg;
6826 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
6828 return Qt;
6830 return Qnil;
6833 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys,
6834 Sw32_registered_hot_keys, 0, 0, 0,
6835 doc: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
6836 (void)
6838 return Fdelq (Qnil, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys));
6841 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key,
6842 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key, 1, 1, 0,
6843 doc: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
6844 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
6845 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid)
6847 int vk_code, w32_modifiers;
6848 Lisp_Object key;
6850 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid);
6852 vk_code = HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid);
6853 w32_modifiers = HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid);
6855 if (vk_code < 256 && lispy_function_keys[vk_code])
6856 key = intern (lispy_function_keys[vk_code]);
6857 else
6858 key = make_number (vk_code);
6860 key = Fcons (key, Qnil);
6861 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT)
6862 key = Fcons (Qshift, key);
6863 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL)
6864 key = Fcons (Qctrl, key);
6865 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_ALT)
6866 key = Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta) ? Qalt : Qmeta, key);
6867 if (w32_modifiers & MOD_WIN)
6868 key = Fcons (Qhyper, key);
6870 return key;
6873 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key,
6874 Sw32_toggle_lock_key, 1, 2, 0,
6875 doc: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
6876 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
6877 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
6878 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on. */)
6879 (Lisp_Object key, Lisp_Object new_state)
6881 int vk_code;
6883 if (EQ (key, intern ("capslock")))
6884 vk_code = VK_CAPITAL;
6885 else if (EQ (key, intern ("kp-numlock")))
6886 vk_code = VK_NUMLOCK;
6887 else if (EQ (key, intern ("scroll")))
6888 vk_code = VK_SCROLL;
6889 else
6890 return Qnil;
6892 if (!dwWindowsThreadId)
6893 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code, new_state));
6895 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY,
6896 (WPARAM) vk_code, (LPARAM) XLI (new_state)))
6898 MSG msg;
6899 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
6900 return make_number (msg.wParam);
6902 return Qnil;
6905 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p, Sw32_window_exists_p,
6906 2, 2, 0,
6907 doc: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
6909 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
6910 (Lisp_Object class, Lisp_Object name)
6912 HWND hnd;
6914 if (!NILP (class))
6915 CHECK_STRING (class);
6916 if (!NILP (name))
6917 CHECK_STRING (name);
6919 hnd = FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (class)) : NULL,
6920 STRINGP (name) ? ((LPCTSTR) SDATA (name)) : NULL);
6921 if (!hnd)
6922 return Qnil;
6923 return Qt;
6926 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status, Sw32_battery_status, 0, 0, 0,
6927 doc: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
6929 The following %-sequences are provided:
6930 %L AC line status (verbose)
6931 %B Battery status (verbose)
6932 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
6933 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
6934 %p Battery load percentage
6935 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
6936 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
6937 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
6938 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
6939 (void)
6941 Lisp_Object status = Qnil;
6943 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status;
6944 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status))
6946 Lisp_Object line_status, battery_status, battery_status_symbol;
6947 Lisp_Object load_percentage, seconds, minutes, hours, remain;
6949 long seconds_left = (long) system_status.BatteryLifeTime;
6951 if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 0)
6952 line_status = build_string ("off-line");
6953 else if (system_status.ACLineStatus == 1)
6954 line_status = build_string ("on-line");
6955 else
6956 line_status = build_string ("N/A");
6958 if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 128)
6960 battery_status = build_string ("N/A");
6961 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
6963 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 8)
6965 battery_status = build_string ("charging");
6966 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("+");
6967 if (system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime != -1L)
6968 seconds_left = system_status.BatteryFullLifeTime - seconds_left;
6970 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 4)
6972 battery_status = build_string ("critical");
6973 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("!");
6975 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 2)
6977 battery_status = build_string ("low");
6978 battery_status_symbol = build_string ("-");
6980 else if (system_status.BatteryFlag & 1)
6982 battery_status = build_string ("high");
6983 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
6985 else
6987 battery_status = build_string ("medium");
6988 battery_status_symbol = empty_unibyte_string;
6991 if (system_status.BatteryLifePercent > 100)
6992 load_percentage = build_string ("N/A");
6993 else
6995 char buffer[16];
6996 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%d", system_status.BatteryLifePercent);
6997 load_percentage = build_string (buffer);
7000 if (seconds_left < 0)
7001 seconds = minutes = hours = remain = build_string ("N/A");
7002 else
7004 long m;
7005 float h;
7006 char buffer[16];
7007 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", seconds_left);
7008 seconds = build_string (buffer);
7010 m = seconds_left / 60;
7011 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld", m);
7012 minutes = build_string (buffer);
7014 h = seconds_left / 3600.0;
7015 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%3.1f", h);
7016 hours = build_string (buffer);
7018 snprintf (buffer, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m / 60, m % 60);
7019 remain = build_string (buffer);
7022 status = listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP, 8,
7023 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status),
7024 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status),
7025 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol),
7026 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage),
7027 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds),
7028 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes),
7029 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours),
7030 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain));
7032 return status;
7036 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7037 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info, Sfile_system_info, 1, 1, 0,
7038 doc: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
7039 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
7040 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
7041 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
7042 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
7043 (Lisp_Object filename)
7045 Lisp_Object encoded, value;
7047 CHECK_STRING (filename);
7048 filename = Fexpand_file_name (filename, Qnil);
7049 encoded = ENCODE_FILE (filename);
7051 value = Qnil;
7053 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
7054 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
7055 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
7056 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
7057 added rather late on. */
7059 HMODULE hKernel = GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
7060 BOOL (*pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx)
7061 (char *, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER, PULARGE_INTEGER)
7062 = (void *) GetProcAddress (hKernel, "GetDiskFreeSpaceEx");
7064 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
7065 volume holding FILENAME. */
7066 char rootname[MAX_PATH];
7067 char *name = SDATA (encoded);
7069 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
7070 if (isalpha (name[0]) && name[1] == ':')
7072 rootname[0] = name[0];
7073 rootname[1] = name[1];
7074 rootname[2] = '\\';
7075 rootname[3] = 0;
7077 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name[1]))
7079 char *str = rootname;
7080 int slashes = 4;
7083 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name) && --slashes == 0)
7084 break;
7085 *str++ = *name++;
7087 while ( *name );
7089 *str++ = '\\';
7090 *str = 0;
7093 if (pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx)
7095 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
7096 use signed ones instead. */
7097 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes;
7098 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes;
7099 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes;
7101 if (pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx (rootname,
7102 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&availbytes,
7103 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&totalbytes,
7104 (ULARGE_INTEGER *)&freebytes))
7105 value = list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes.QuadPart),
7106 make_float ((double) freebytes.QuadPart),
7107 make_float ((double) availbytes.QuadPart));
7109 else
7111 DWORD sectors_per_cluster;
7112 DWORD bytes_per_sector;
7113 DWORD free_clusters;
7114 DWORD total_clusters;
7116 if (GetDiskFreeSpace (rootname,
7117 &sectors_per_cluster,
7118 &bytes_per_sector,
7119 &free_clusters,
7120 &total_clusters))
7121 value = list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
7122 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7123 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7124 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector),
7125 make_float ((double) free_clusters
7126 * sectors_per_cluster * bytes_per_sector));
7130 return value;
7132 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7135 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name, Sdefault_printer_name,
7136 0, 0, 0, doc: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
7137 (void)
7139 static char pname_buf[256];
7140 int err;
7141 HANDLE hPrn;
7142 PRINTER_INFO_2 *ppi2 = NULL;
7143 DWORD dwNeeded = 0, dwReturned = 0;
7145 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
7146 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
7147 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
7148 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf)) <= 0)
7149 return Qnil;
7150 /* printername precedes first "," character */
7151 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7152 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
7153 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf, &hPrn, NULL))
7154 return Qnil;
7155 GetPrinter (hPrn, 2, NULL, 0, &dwNeeded);
7156 if (dwNeeded == 0)
7158 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7159 return Qnil;
7161 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct */
7162 ppi2 = xmalloc (dwNeeded);
7163 if (!ppi2)
7165 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7166 return Qnil;
7168 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
7169 err = GetPrinter (hPrn, 2, (LPBYTE)ppi2, dwNeeded, &dwReturned);
7170 ClosePrinter (hPrn);
7171 if (!err)
7173 xfree (ppi2);
7174 return Qnil;
7177 if (ppi2)
7179 if (ppi2->Attributes & PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED && ppi2->pServerName)
7181 /* a remote printer */
7182 if (*ppi2->pServerName == '\\')
7183 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "%s\\%s", ppi2->pServerName,
7184 ppi2->pShareName);
7185 else
7186 snprintf (pname_buf, sizeof (pname_buf), "\\\\%s\\%s", ppi2->pServerName,
7187 ppi2->pShareName);
7188 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7190 else
7192 /* a local printer */
7193 strncpy (pname_buf, ppi2->pPortName, sizeof (pname_buf));
7194 pname_buf[sizeof (pname_buf) - 1] = '\0';
7195 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
7196 * we only use the first one. */
7197 strtok (pname_buf, ",");
7199 xfree (ppi2);
7202 return build_string (pname_buf);
7206 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
7207 char *
7208 w32_strerror (int error_no)
7210 static char buf[500];
7211 DWORD ret;
7213 if (error_no == 0)
7214 error_no = GetLastError ();
7216 ret = FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM |
7217 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS,
7218 NULL,
7219 error_no,
7220 0, /* choose most suitable language */
7221 buf, sizeof (buf), NULL);
7223 while (ret > 0 && (buf[ret - 1] == '\n' ||
7224 buf[ret - 1] == '\r' ))
7225 --ret;
7226 buf[ret] = '\0';
7227 if (!ret)
7228 sprintf (buf, "w32 error %u", error_no);
7230 return buf;
7233 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
7234 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
7235 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
7236 DWORD
7237 w32_last_error (void)
7239 return GetLastError ();
7242 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
7243 void
7244 cache_system_info (void)
7246 union
7248 struct info
7250 char major;
7251 char minor;
7252 short platform;
7253 } info;
7254 DWORD data;
7255 } version;
7257 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
7258 hinst = GetModuleHandle (NULL);
7260 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
7261 version.data = GetVersion ();
7262 w32_major_version = version.info.major;
7263 w32_minor_version = version.info.minor;
7265 if (version.info.platform & 0x8000)
7266 os_subtype = OS_9X;
7267 else
7268 os_subtype = OS_NT;
7270 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
7271 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache);
7272 syspage_mask = (DWORD_PTR)sysinfo_cache.dwPageSize - 1;
7274 /* Cache os info. */
7275 osinfo_cache.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO);
7276 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache);
7278 w32_build_number = osinfo_cache.dwBuildNumber;
7279 if (os_subtype == OS_9X)
7280 w32_build_number &= 0xffff;
7282 w32_num_mouse_buttons = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS);
7285 #ifdef EMACSDEBUG
7286 void
7287 _DebPrint (const char *fmt, ...)
7289 char buf[1024];
7290 va_list args;
7292 va_start (args, fmt);
7293 vsprintf (buf, fmt, args);
7294 va_end (args);
7295 #if CYGWIN
7296 fprintf (stderr, "%s", buf);
7297 #endif
7298 OutputDebugString (buf);
7300 #endif
7303 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code, Lisp_Object new_state)
7305 int cur_state = (GetKeyState (vk_code) & 1);
7307 if (NILP (new_state)
7308 || (NUMBERP (new_state)
7309 && ((XUINT (new_state)) & 1) != cur_state))
7311 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7312 faked_key = vk_code;
7313 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7315 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7316 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7317 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7318 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7319 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7320 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | 0, 0);
7321 keybd_event ((BYTE) vk_code,
7322 (BYTE) MapVirtualKey (vk_code, 0),
7323 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY | KEYEVENTF_KEYUP, 0);
7324 cur_state = !cur_state;
7327 return cur_state;
7330 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
7331 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
7333 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods, WORD key)
7335 int retval = 0;
7337 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
7338 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
7339 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7340 && (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7341 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7342 mods &= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED);
7344 if (mods & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED | LEFT_ALT_PRESSED))
7345 retval = ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta)) ? alt_modifier : meta_modifier);
7347 if (mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7349 retval |= ctrl_modifier;
7350 if ((mods & (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7351 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED | LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED))
7352 retval |= meta_modifier;
7355 if (mods & LEFT_WIN_PRESSED)
7356 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN);
7357 if (mods & RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED)
7358 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN);
7359 if (mods & APPS_PRESSED)
7360 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS);
7361 if (mods & SCROLLLOCK_ON)
7362 retval |= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL);
7364 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
7365 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
7366 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock)
7367 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
7368 && ( (key == VK_BACK)
7369 || (key == VK_TAB)
7370 || (key == VK_CLEAR)
7371 || (key == VK_RETURN)
7372 || (key == VK_ESCAPE)
7373 || ((key >= VK_SPACE) && (key <= VK_HELP))
7374 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD0) && (key <= VK_F24))
7375 || ((key >= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR) && (key <= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE))
7378 /* Only consider shift state. */
7379 if ((mods & SHIFT_PRESSED) != 0)
7380 retval |= shift_modifier;
7382 else
7384 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
7385 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock))
7386 mods &= ~CAPSLOCK_ON;
7387 if ((mods & (SHIFT_PRESSED | CAPSLOCK_ON)) != 0)
7388 retval |= shift_modifier;
7391 return retval;
7394 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
7395 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
7396 input codepage. */
7398 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD *event, int cpId)
7400 unsigned int key_code = event->wVirtualKeyCode;
7401 unsigned int mods = event->dwControlKeyState;
7402 BYTE keystate[256];
7403 static BYTE ansi_code[4];
7404 static int isdead = 0;
7406 if (isdead == 2)
7408 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[2];
7409 isdead = 0;
7410 return 1;
7412 if (event->uChar.AsciiChar != 0)
7413 return 1;
7415 memset (keystate, 0, sizeof (keystate));
7416 keystate[key_code] = 0x80;
7417 if (mods & SHIFT_PRESSED)
7418 keystate[VK_SHIFT] = 0x80;
7419 if (mods & CAPSLOCK_ON)
7420 keystate[VK_CAPITAL] = 1;
7421 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
7422 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
7423 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr)
7424 && (mods & LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED) && (mods & RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED))
7426 keystate[VK_CONTROL] = 0x80;
7427 keystate[VK_LCONTROL] = 0x80;
7428 keystate[VK_MENU] = 0x80;
7429 keystate[VK_RMENU] = 0x80;
7432 #if 0
7433 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
7434 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
7435 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
7436 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
7437 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
7438 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
7439 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
7440 if (is_dead_key (event->wVirtualKeyCode))
7441 return 0;
7442 #endif
7444 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
7445 console input codepage. */
7446 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
7448 WCHAR buf[128];
7450 isdead = ToUnicode (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7451 keystate, buf, 128, 0);
7452 if (isdead > 0)
7454 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
7455 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
7456 number, to use below. */
7457 if (cpId == -1)
7458 cpId = GetConsoleCP ();
7460 event->uChar.UnicodeChar = buf[isdead - 1];
7461 isdead = WideCharToMultiByte (cpId, 0, buf, isdead,
7462 ansi_code, 4, NULL, NULL);
7464 else
7465 isdead = 0;
7467 else
7469 isdead = ToAscii (event->wVirtualKeyCode, event->wVirtualScanCode,
7470 keystate, (LPWORD) ansi_code, 0);
7473 if (isdead == 0)
7474 return 0;
7475 event->uChar.AsciiChar = ansi_code[0];
7476 return isdead;
7480 void
7481 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame *f)
7483 if (sound_type == 0xFFFFFFFF)
7485 Beep (666, 100);
7487 else if (sound_type == MB_EMACS_SILENT)
7489 /* Do nothing. */
7491 else
7492 MessageBeep (sound_type);
7496 /***********************************************************************
7497 Initialization
7498 ***********************************************************************/
7500 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
7501 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
7503 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers[] =
7505 x_set_autoraise,
7506 x_set_autolower,
7507 x_set_background_color,
7508 x_set_border_color,
7509 x_set_border_width,
7510 x_set_cursor_color,
7511 x_set_cursor_type,
7512 x_set_font,
7513 x_set_foreground_color,
7514 x_set_icon_name,
7515 x_set_icon_type,
7516 x_set_internal_border_width,
7517 x_set_menu_bar_lines,
7518 x_set_mouse_color,
7519 x_explicitly_set_name,
7520 x_set_scroll_bar_width,
7521 x_set_title,
7522 x_set_unsplittable,
7523 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars,
7524 x_set_visibility,
7525 x_set_tool_bar_lines,
7526 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
7527 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
7528 x_set_screen_gamma,
7529 x_set_line_spacing,
7530 x_set_fringe_width,
7531 x_set_fringe_width,
7532 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
7533 x_set_fullscreen,
7534 x_set_font_backend,
7535 x_set_alpha,
7536 0, /* x_set_sticky */
7537 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
7540 void
7541 syms_of_w32fns (void)
7543 globals_of_w32fns ();
7544 track_mouse_window = NULL;
7546 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
7548 DEFSYM (Qsuppress_icon, "suppress-icon");
7549 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color, "undefined-color");
7550 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer, "cancel-timer");
7551 DEFSYM (Qhyper, "hyper");
7552 DEFSYM (Qsuper, "super");
7553 DEFSYM (Qmeta, "meta");
7554 DEFSYM (Qalt, "alt");
7555 DEFSYM (Qctrl, "ctrl");
7556 DEFSYM (Qcontrol, "control");
7557 DEFSYM (Qshift, "shift");
7558 DEFSYM (Qfont_param, "font-parameter");
7559 DEFSYM (Qgeometry, "geometry");
7560 DEFSYM (Qworkarea, "workarea");
7561 DEFSYM (Qmm_size, "mm-size");
7562 DEFSYM (Qframes, "frames");
7563 /* This is the end of symbol initialization. */
7566 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_conditions,
7567 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE, 2, Qundefined_color, Qerror));
7568 Fput (Qundefined_color, Qerror_message,
7569 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
7571 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys);
7572 w32_grabbed_keys = Qnil;
7574 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map,
7575 doc: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
7576 Vw32_color_map = Qnil;
7578 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system,
7579 doc: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
7580 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
7581 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
7582 then silently swallows them. */);
7583 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system = Qnil;
7585 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta,
7586 doc: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
7587 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
7588 Vw32_alt_is_meta = Qt;
7590 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key,
7591 doc: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
7592 w32_quit_key = 0;
7594 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
7595 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system,
7596 doc: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
7598 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
7599 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
7600 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
7602 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other keys are
7603 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
7604 effect. For example, <lwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
7605 <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
7606 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
7607 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system = Qt;
7609 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
7610 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system,
7611 doc: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
7613 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
7614 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
7615 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
7617 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other keys are
7618 caught by Windows at low level, and so binding them in Emacs will have no
7619 effect. For example, <rwindow>-r always pops up the Windows Run dialog,
7620 <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System Properties" dialog, etc. However, see
7621 the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
7622 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system = Qt;
7624 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
7625 Vw32_phantom_key_code,
7626 doc: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
7627 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
7629 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
7630 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
7631 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil. */);
7632 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
7633 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
7634 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code, 255);
7636 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
7637 Vw32_enable_num_lock,
7638 doc: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
7639 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
7640 Vw32_enable_num_lock = Qt;
7642 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
7643 Vw32_enable_caps_lock,
7644 doc: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
7645 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
7646 Vw32_enable_caps_lock = Qt;
7648 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
7649 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier,
7650 doc: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
7651 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
7652 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
7653 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
7654 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier = Qnil;
7656 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
7657 Vw32_lwindow_modifier,
7658 doc: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
7659 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
7660 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
7661 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
7662 Vw32_lwindow_modifier = Qnil;
7664 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
7665 Vw32_rwindow_modifier,
7666 doc: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
7667 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
7668 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
7669 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
7670 Vw32_rwindow_modifier = Qnil;
7672 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
7673 Vw32_apps_modifier,
7674 doc: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
7675 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
7676 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
7677 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
7678 Vw32_apps_modifier = Qnil;
7680 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts,
7681 doc: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
7682 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts = 0;
7684 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette,
7685 doc: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
7686 Vw32_enable_palette = Qt;
7688 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
7689 w32_mouse_button_tolerance,
7690 doc: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
7691 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
7692 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
7693 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
7694 button down event is generated instead. */);
7695 w32_mouse_button_tolerance = GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
7697 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
7698 w32_mouse_move_interval,
7699 doc: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
7700 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
7701 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
7702 reported as lisp events. */);
7703 w32_mouse_move_interval = 0;
7705 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
7706 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system,
7707 doc: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
7708 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
7709 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
7710 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
7711 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
7712 system to handle them. */);
7713 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system = 0;
7715 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
7716 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system,
7717 doc: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
7718 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
7719 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
7720 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
7721 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
7722 may be available are:
7724 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
7725 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
7726 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
7727 app-1, app-2,
7728 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
7729 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
7730 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
7731 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
7732 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
7733 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
7734 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
7735 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
7736 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system = 1;
7738 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
7739 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape,
7740 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
7741 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
7742 unless you set the mouse color. */);
7743 Vx_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7745 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7747 Vx_mode_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7749 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape,
7750 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
7751 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
7752 or when you set the mouse color. */);
7753 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7755 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
7756 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape,
7757 doc: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
7758 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
7759 or when you set the mouse color. */);
7760 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape = Qnil;
7762 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
7763 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape,
7764 doc: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
7765 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
7766 or when you set the mouse color. */);
7767 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape = Qnil;
7768 #endif
7770 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel,
7771 doc: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
7772 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel = Qnil;
7774 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size,
7775 doc: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
7776 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
7777 Vx_max_tooltip_size = Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
7779 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager,
7780 doc: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
7781 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
7782 unless you set it to something else. */);
7783 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
7784 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
7785 Vx_no_window_manager = Qnil;
7787 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
7788 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp,
7789 doc: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
7791 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
7792 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
7793 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
7794 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
7795 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp = Qnil;
7797 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
7798 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist,
7799 doc: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
7800 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist = Qnil;
7802 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
7803 w32_strict_fontnames,
7804 doc: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
7805 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
7806 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
7807 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
7808 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
7809 fontsets are automatically created. */);
7810 w32_strict_fontnames = 0;
7812 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
7813 w32_strict_painting,
7814 doc: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
7815 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
7816 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
7817 w32_strict_painting = 1;
7819 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
7820 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property);
7821 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property);
7822 defsubr (&Sx_window_property);
7823 #endif
7824 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p);
7825 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p);
7826 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p);
7827 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values);
7828 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size);
7829 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor);
7830 defsubr (&Sx_server_version);
7831 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width);
7832 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height);
7833 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width);
7834 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height);
7835 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens);
7836 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes);
7837 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells);
7838 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class);
7839 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store);
7840 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under);
7841 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame);
7842 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection);
7843 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection);
7844 defsubr (&Sx_display_list);
7845 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize);
7847 /* W32 specific functions */
7849 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color);
7850 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map);
7851 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list);
7852 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command);
7853 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute);
7854 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key);
7855 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key);
7856 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys);
7857 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key);
7858 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key);
7859 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p);
7860 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status);
7862 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7863 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info);
7864 #endif
7866 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name);
7867 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep);
7869 hourglass_hwnd = NULL;
7871 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip);
7872 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip);
7873 tip_timer = Qnil;
7874 staticpro (&tip_timer);
7875 tip_frame = Qnil;
7876 staticpro (&tip_frame);
7878 last_show_tip_args = Qnil;
7879 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args);
7881 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog);
7882 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
7883 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash);
7884 #endif
7889 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
7890 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
7891 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
7892 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
7893 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
7894 is non zero.
7896 void
7897 globals_of_w32fns (void)
7899 HMODULE user32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
7901 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
7902 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
7904 track_mouse_event_fn = (TrackMouseEvent_Proc)
7905 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "TrackMouseEvent");
7907 monitor_from_point_fn = (MonitorFromPoint_Proc)
7908 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromPoint");
7909 get_monitor_info_fn = (GetMonitorInfo_Proc)
7910 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "GetMonitorInfoA");
7911 monitor_from_window_fn = (MonitorFromWindow_Proc)
7912 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "MonitorFromWindow");
7913 enum_display_monitors_fn = (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc)
7914 GetProcAddress (user32_lib, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
7917 HMODULE imm32_lib = GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
7918 get_composition_string_fn = (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc)
7919 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
7920 get_ime_context_fn = (ImmGetContext_Proc)
7921 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmGetContext");
7922 release_ime_context_fn = (ImmReleaseContext_Proc)
7923 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmReleaseContext");
7924 set_ime_composition_window_fn = (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc)
7925 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
7927 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
7928 w32_ansi_code_page,
7929 doc: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
7930 w32_ansi_code_page = GetACP ();
7932 if (os_subtype == OS_NT)
7933 w32_unicode_gui = 1;
7934 else
7935 w32_unicode_gui = 0;
7937 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
7938 InitCommonControls ();
7940 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
7943 typedef USHORT (WINAPI * CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) (ULONG, ULONG, PVOID *,
7944 PULONG);
7946 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
7949 w32_backtrace (void **buffer, int limit)
7951 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace = NULL;
7952 HMODULE hm_kernel32 = NULL;
7954 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
7956 hm_kernel32 = LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
7957 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace =
7958 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32,
7959 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
7961 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace)
7962 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX, limit),
7963 buffer, NULL);
7964 return 0;
7967 void
7968 emacs_abort (void)
7970 int button;
7971 button = MessageBox (NULL,
7972 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
7973 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
7974 "Select:\n"
7975 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
7976 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
7977 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
7978 #if __GNUC__
7979 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
7980 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
7981 #endif
7982 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
7983 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION | MB_TASKMODAL
7984 | MB_SETFOREGROUND | MB_YESNO);
7985 switch (button)
7987 case IDYES:
7988 DebugBreak ();
7989 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
7990 case IDNO:
7991 default:
7993 void *stack[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1];
7994 int i = w32_backtrace (stack, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX + 1);
7996 if (i)
7998 #ifdef CYGWIN
7999 int stderr_fd = 2;
8000 #else
8001 HANDLE errout = GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE);
8002 int stderr_fd = -1;
8003 #endif
8004 int errfile_fd = -1;
8005 int j;
8007 #ifndef CYGWIN
8008 if (errout && errout != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
8009 stderr_fd = _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout, O_APPEND | O_BINARY);
8010 #endif
8011 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8012 write (stderr_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8013 #ifdef CYGWIN
8014 #define _open open
8015 #endif
8016 errfile_fd = _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_BINARY, S_IREAD | S_IWRITE);
8017 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8019 lseek (errfile_fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
8020 write (errfile_fd, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
8023 for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
8025 char buf[INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (void *)];
8027 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
8028 the address of the call, so decrease each address
8029 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
8030 sprintf (buf, "0x%p\r\n", (char *)stack[j] - sizeof(void *));
8031 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8032 write (stderr_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8033 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8034 write (errfile_fd, buf, strlen (buf));
8036 if (i == BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX)
8038 if (stderr_fd >= 0)
8039 write (stderr_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8040 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8041 write (errfile_fd, "...\r\n", 5);
8043 if (errfile_fd >= 0)
8044 close (errfile_fd);
8046 abort ();
8047 break;
8052 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
8054 Lisp_Object
8055 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str)
8057 Lisp_Object encoded;
8058 to_unicode (str, &encoded);
8059 return encoded;
8062 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */